WO2024022380A1 - 波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法及终端 - Google Patents

波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法及终端 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024022380A1
WO2024022380A1 PCT/CN2023/109288 CN2023109288W WO2024022380A1 WO 2024022380 A1 WO2024022380 A1 WO 2024022380A1 CN 2023109288 W CN2023109288 W CN 2023109288W WO 2024022380 A1 WO2024022380 A1 WO 2024022380A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal
request
candidate
information
failure recovery
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/109288
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
杨聿铭
纪子超
王欢
Original Assignee
维沃移动通信有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 维沃移动通信有限公司 filed Critical 维沃移动通信有限公司
Publication of WO2024022380A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024022380A1/zh

Links

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0055—Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link
    • H04W36/0079—Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link in case of hand-off failure or rejection
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0055—Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link
    • H04W36/0058—Transmission of hand-off measurement information, e.g. measurement reports
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0083—Determination of parameters used for hand-off, e.g. generation or modification of neighbour cell lists
    • H04W36/0085—Hand-off measurements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/24—Reselection being triggered by specific parameters
    • H04W36/30—Reselection being triggered by specific parameters by measured or perceived connection quality data
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/24—Reselection being triggered by specific parameters
    • H04W36/30—Reselection being triggered by specific parameters by measured or perceived connection quality data
    • H04W36/305—Handover due to radio link failure

Definitions

  • the present application belongs to the field of communication technology, and specifically relates to a beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method and terminal.
  • SL also called secondary link or side link
  • the terminal when the terminal transmits on the FR2 frequency band (FR2 band), it can use beams for transmission, and in order to obtain higher Beamforming gain usually uses beams with small coverage angles for transmission.
  • FR2 band FR2 frequency band
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method and terminal, which can solve the problem that in the sidelin scenario, when the terminal uses a beam with a small coverage angle for transmission, the beam is easily blocked by obstacles, resulting in beam failure or even link failure. path failure, thus affecting transmission reliability.
  • a beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method includes at least one of the following: a first terminal determines a candidate beam based on second information; the first terminal sends the first information to the second terminal , the first information is information about beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on the candidate beam; the first terminal performs beam measurement; the first terminal determines the candidate beam according to the measurement results; the first terminal Send a first request to the second terminal, where the first request is used to request beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on the candidate beam; the first terminal performs beam training; the first terminal performs beam training according to the training The candidate beam is determined as a result; the first terminal sends a second request to the second terminal, the second request is used to request beam switching based on the candidate beam; the The first terminal receives indication information, which is sent by the second terminal when beam failure or link failure is determined, and the indication information is used to instruct the first terminal to perform beam measurement or beam training, or The indication information is used to indicate a new beam.
  • a beam failure recovery or link failure recovery device which device includes at least one of the following: a determining module for determining candidate beams based on the second information; and a sending module for sending the first beam to the second terminal.
  • One information, the first information is information for beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on the candidate beam; a measurement module for performing beam measurement; the determination module for determining the candidate beam according to the measurement results;
  • the sending module is used to send a first request to the second terminal, the first request is used to request beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on the candidate beam;
  • a training module is used to perform beam training;
  • the determination module is used to determine candidate beams according to the training results;
  • the sending module is used to send a second request to the second terminal, the second request is used to request beam switching based on the candidate beam;
  • the receiving module used to receive indication information, the indication information being sent by the second terminal when beam failure or link failure is determined, the indication information being used to instruct the first terminal to perform beam measurement or beam training, or
  • a beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method includes at least one of the following: a second terminal receives first information, and the first information is determined by the first terminal based on the second information. Sent after the candidate beam, the first information is information about beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on the candidate beam; the second terminal receives the first request sent by the first terminal, and the first request Used to request beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on candidate beams, which are determined based on the measurement results after beam measurement by the first terminal; and the second terminal receives the second signal sent by the first terminal.
  • the second request is used to request beam switching based on candidate beams, the candidate beams are determined based on the training results after the first terminal performs beam training based on the reference signal; the second terminal will transmit beam switching to the candidate beam; when the second terminal determines that the beam fails or the link fails, the second terminal sends indication information to the first terminal, and the indication information is used to instruct the first terminal to perform beam measurement or beam measurement. Training, or the indication information is used to indicate new beams.
  • a beam failure recovery or link failure recovery device which device includes at least one of the following: a receiving module, configured to receive first information, the first information being received by the first terminal according to the second The information is sent after determining the candidate beam, and the first information is information about beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on the candidate beam; the receiving module is used to receive the first request sent by the first terminal, so The first request is used to request beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on candidate beams, which are determined based on the measurement results after beam measurement by the first terminal; the receiving module is used to receive the third A second request sent by a terminal, the second request is used to request beam switching based on candidate beams, the candidate beams are determined based on the training results after the first terminal performs beam training based on the reference signal; the beam switching module , used to switch the transmission beam to the candidate beam; A sending module configured to send indication information to the first terminal when it is determined that the beam fails or the link fails. The indication information is used to instruct the first terminal to perform
  • a terminal in a fifth aspect, includes a processor and a memory.
  • the memory stores programs or instructions that can be run on the processor.
  • the program or instructions are executed by the processor, the following implementations are implemented: The steps of the method described in one aspect, or the steps of implementing the method described in the third aspect.
  • a terminal including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the processor is configured to determine candidate beams according to the second information; the communication interface is configured to send the first information to the second terminal, and the third One information is information on beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on the candidate beam; and/or, the processor is used to perform beam measurement; determine the candidate beam according to the measurement result; the communication interface is used to provide the first The second terminal sends a first request, the first request is used to request beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on the candidate beam; and/or, the processor is used to perform beam training; determine the candidate beam according to the training results; The communication interface is used to send a second request to the second terminal, the second request is used to request beam switching based on the candidate beam; and/or the communication interface is used to receive indication information, the The indication information is sent by the second terminal when it is determined that the beam fails or the link fails.
  • the indication information is used to instruct the first terminal to perform beam measurement or beam training, or the indication information is used to indicate a new Beam; and/or, the communication interface is used to receive first information, the first information is sent by the first terminal after determining a candidate beam based on the second information, and the first information is based on the candidate beam. Information about beam failure recovery or link failure recovery; and/or, the communication interface is used to receive a first request sent by the first terminal, the first request is used to request beam failure recovery or link failure based on candidate beams.
  • the candidate beam is determined based on the measurement results after beam measurement by the first terminal; and/or, the communication interface is used to receive a second request sent by the first terminal, the second request Used to request beam switching based on candidate beams, the candidate beams being determined by the first terminal according to the training results after beam training based on the reference signal; the processor, used to switch the sending beam to the candidate beams ; and/or, the communication interface is used to send indication information to the first terminal when it is determined that the beam fails or the link fails, the indication information is used to instruct the first terminal to perform beam measurement or beam Training, or the indication information is used to indicate new beams.
  • a beam failure recovery or link failure recovery system including: a first terminal and a second terminal.
  • the first terminal can be used to perform beam failure recovery or link failure as described in the first aspect.
  • the second terminal may be configured to perform the steps of the beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method described in the third aspect.
  • a readable storage medium is provided. Programs or instructions are stored on the readable storage medium. When the programs or instructions are executed by a processor, the steps of the method described in the first aspect are implemented, or the steps of the method are implemented as described in the first aspect. mentioned in the third aspect Method steps.
  • a chip in a ninth aspect, includes a processor and a communication interface.
  • the communication interface is coupled to the processor.
  • the processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the method described in the first aspect. , or implement the method as described in the third aspect.
  • a computer program/program product is provided, the computer program/program product is stored in a storage medium, and the computer program/program product is executed by at least one processor to implement the method as described in the first aspect
  • the first terminal when the first terminal and the second terminal are transmitting, the first terminal can determine the candidate beam according to the second information and indicate the candidate beam to the second terminal through the first information, or the first terminal can determine the candidate beam according to the beam.
  • the measurement results determine candidate beams and request the second terminal to perform beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on the candidate beams, or the first terminal determines the candidate beams based on the beam training results and request the second terminal to perform beam switching based on the candidate beams, or the second terminal determines the candidate beams based on the beam training results.
  • the terminal detects a beam failure or a link failure, it instructs the first terminal to perform beam measurement or beam training, or indicates a new beam to the first terminal. In this way, by defining how to perform beam failure recovery or link failure recovery, the terminal can successfully recover the beam or link based on the beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method in the case of beam failure or link failure, ensuring communication. reliability and continuity.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic flow chart of a beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 3 is a schematic flow chart of a beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 4 is a schematic flow chart of a beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 5 is a schematic flow chart of a beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic flow chart of a beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic flow chart of a beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic flow chart of a beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic flow chart of a beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic flow chart of a beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic flow chart of a beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a beam failure recovery or link failure recovery device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a beam failure recovery or link failure recovery device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • first, second, etc. in the description and claims of this application are used to distinguish similar objects and are not used to describe a specific order or sequence. It is to be understood that the terms so used are interchangeable under appropriate circumstances so that the embodiments of the present application can be practiced in sequences other than those illustrated or described herein, and that "first" and “second” are distinguished objects It is usually one type, and the number of objects is not limited.
  • the first object can be one or multiple.
  • “and/or” in the description and claims indicates at least one of the connected objects, and the character “/" generally indicates that the related objects are in an "or” relationship.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-Advanced, LTE-A Long Term Evolution
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • TDMA Time Division Multiple Access
  • FDMA Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • OFDMA Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • SC-FDMA Single-carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • system and “network” in the embodiments of this application are often used interchangeably, and the described technology can be used not only for the above-mentioned systems and radio technologies, but also for other systems and radio technologies.
  • NR New Radio
  • the following description describes a New Radio (NR) system for example purposes, and uses NR terminology in much of the following description, but these techniques can also be applied to applications other than NR system applications, such as 6th Generation , 6G) communication system.
  • NR New Radio
  • FIG. 1 shows a block diagram of a wireless communication system to which embodiments of the present application are applicable.
  • the wireless communication system includes a terminal 11 and a network side device 12.
  • the terminal 11 may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer (Tablet Personal Computer), a laptop computer (Laptop Computer), or a notebook computer, a personal digital assistant (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), a palmtop computer, a netbook, or a super mobile personal computer.
  • Tablet Personal Computer Tablet Personal Computer
  • laptop computer laptop computer
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • UMPC ultra-mobile personal computer
  • UMPC mobile Internet device
  • MID mobile Internet device
  • augmented reality augmented reality, AR
  • VR Virtual reality
  • robots wearable devices
  • VUE vehicle-mounted equipment
  • PUE pedestrian terminals
  • smart home home equipment with wireless communication functions, such as refrigerators, TVs, washing machines or furniture, etc.
  • PCs personal computers
  • teller machines or self-service machines and other terminal-side devices wearable devices include: smart watches, smart bracelets, smart headphones, smart glasses, smart jewelry (smart bracelets) , smart bracelets, smart rings, smart necklaces, smart anklets, smart anklets, etc.), smart wristbands, smart clothing, etc.
  • the network side device 12 may include an access network device or a core network device, where the access network device may also be called a radio access network device, a radio access network (Radio Access Network, RAN), a radio access network function or a wireless access network unit.
  • Access network equipment may include base stations, WLAN access points, or WiFi nodes.
  • the base station may be called a Node B, an evolved Node B (eNB), an access point, or a Base Transceiver Station (BTS).
  • eNB evolved Node B
  • BTS Base Transceiver Station
  • radio base station radio transceiver
  • BSS Basic Service Set
  • ESS Extended Service Set
  • home B-node home evolved B-node
  • TRP Transmitting Receiving Point
  • the base station is not limited to specific technical terms. It should be noted that in the embodiment of this application, only the base station in the NR system is used as an example. Introduction, does not limit the specific type of base station.
  • beam failure recovery can represent that when beams are used for transmission between terminals, in the case of beam failure or poor beam quality, the original communication beam is switched to a new beam with better communication quality for communication.
  • Link failure recovery can represent When beams are used for transmission between terminals, if the link fails or the communication quality of the link worsens, the original communication link will be switched to a new link with better link quality for communication, or, in some cases, In this scenario, beam failure recovery can be regarded as link failure recovery, or link failure recovery can be regarded as beam failure recovery.
  • beam failure recovery can be equivalent to link failure recovery can be determined based on the actual application scenario, and there is no specific limit here.
  • the beam failure may be a situation where the signal strength of the beam is low due to reasons such as the beam being blocked by obstacles, and the link failure may be a situation where the communication quality further deteriorates when the beam fails.
  • this embodiment of the present application provides a beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method 200.
  • the method can be executed by the first terminal.
  • the method can be executed by software or hardware installed on the first terminal.
  • the beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method includes the following steps.
  • S202 The first terminal determines candidate beams based on the second information.
  • the first The terminal may determine candidate beams according to the second information.
  • the number of candidate beams may be one or more, and the candidate beams are used for beam failure recovery or link failure recovery.
  • the first terminal determines the candidate beam according to the second information, which may include at least one of the following:
  • the first terminal determines the candidate beam according to the second information
  • the first terminal determines candidate beams according to the second information every preset time period.
  • the timing for the first terminal to determine the candidate beam according to the second information may be to determine the candidate beam when the beam fails or the link fails, and/or, when the preset time period (life cycle) is reached.
  • Candidate beam wherein, for determining the candidate beam every time the preset time period is reached, it can be considered or assumed that the beam fails or the link fails every time the preset time period is reached.
  • the second information determines candidate beams. In this way, beam failure recovery or link failure recovery can be performed without detecting whether the beam fails or whether the link fails, thereby simplifying the process, reducing the operational complexity of the terminal, and improving beam failure recovery or link failure. Failure recovery efficiency.
  • the above preset time period can satisfy at least one of the following:
  • the length of the preset time period is related to the width of the beam
  • the length of the preset time period is related to the type of beam training
  • the length of the preset time period is related to the channel occupancy rate or the channel busy rate
  • the length of the preset time period is predefined by the protocol, configured or preconfigured by the network side, or configured by the first terminal or the second terminal.
  • the length of the preset time period may be related to the width of the beam. If the beam is a wide beam, the preset time period may be set longer. If the beam is a narrow beam, the preset time period may be longer. It can be set shorter because if the beam is a wide beam, it can be considered that the possibility of beam failure is less, or the process of the beam changing from alignment to misalignment will be relatively slow, so the preset time period can be set longer. For some, relatively, if it is a narrow beam, the preset time period can be set shorter.
  • the specific length of the preset time period can be determined according to the actual application scenario, and is not specifically limited here.
  • the length of the preset time period is related to the type of beam training. If the beam is a roughly trained beam, it can be considered that the beam is wider and has a wider range, and the possibility of beam failure is smaller, or the beam is less likely to fail. The process of alignment to misalignment will be relatively slow, so the preset time period can be set longer. On the other hand, if the beam is a accurately trained beam, it can be considered that the beam is narrower and wider, and the range is narrower, so it can Set the preset time period shorter.
  • the specific length of the preset time period can be determined according to the actual application scenario, and is not specifically limited here.
  • the length of the preset time period is related to the channel occupancy ratio (CR) or the channel busy rate (Channel Busy Ratio, CBR). In the case of higher CR or CBR, the preset time period can be set shorter. At this time, due to the relatively high degree of system congestion, beam failure or link failure is more likely to occur; on the other hand, when CR or CBR is low, the preset time period can be set longer. Specifically The length can be determined according to the actual application scenario, and there is no specific limit here.
  • the above-mentioned second information may be existing or latest information of the first terminal.
  • the second information may include at least one of the following:
  • the latest determined or negotiated beam information between the first terminal and the second terminal is the latest determined or negotiated beam information between the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the pre-measured or cached measurement information may be obtained by the first terminal by measuring the reference signal used for beam training, or by measuring the reference signal used for beam measurement.
  • the configuration or preconfiguration information of the beam may be the configuration or preconfiguration information of the beam on the network side, or it may be the configuration or preconfiguration information of the beam by the first terminal or the second terminal.
  • the second terminal is preconfigured to switch to a specific beam according to the beam recovery request sent by the first terminal or directly switch to a specific beam after the first terminal or the second terminal itself detects a beam failure or a link failure;
  • the latest determined or negotiated beam information of the two terminals For example, the first terminal and the second terminal may determine or negotiate candidate transceiver beams at regular intervals during the communication process. The information of these transceiver beams is the first The latest determined or negotiated beam information between the terminal and the second terminal.
  • the first terminal when determining the candidate beam based on the second information, may include at least one of the following:
  • the latest determined or negotiated beam between the first terminal and the second terminal is determined as the candidate beam.
  • the measurement information of the beam can be the measurement value of the corresponding reference signal of the beam, and the measurement value can be the signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR), signal-to-noise ratio (Signal-to-Noise Ratio) , SNR), at least one of the reference signal receiving power (Reference Signal Receiving Power, RSRP) and the received signal strength indication (Received Signal Strength Indication, RSSI).
  • SINR signal to interference plus noise ratio
  • RSRP Reference Signal Receiving Power
  • RSSI Receiveived Signal Strength Indication
  • the first terminal sends first information to the second terminal, where the first information is information for beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on candidate beams.
  • the first terminal may send the first information to the first terminal.
  • the information may be information for beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on candidate beams.
  • the first information may include at least one of the following:
  • the identification of the candidate beam can be the sequence number of the candidate beam, the reference signal ID, the transmission configuration indication (Transmission Configuration Indication, TCI) state, the quasi-colocation (Quasi-CoLocation, QCL) information, the resource identification (such as the transmitted time domain, frequency domain or code domain identification), etc.
  • TCI Transmission Configuration Indication
  • QCL quasi-colocation
  • the beam switching time can be used to inform the second terminal when to start communicating using a new beam (ie, candidate beam).
  • the beam switching time may be an absolute time or a relative time, such as relative to the time when the first terminal sends the first information.
  • the beam switching moment may be the latest moment when the first terminal expects the second terminal to switch the transmitting or receiving beam. In this case, the first terminal may not determine the second terminal by receiving a response from the second terminal.
  • the first information is successfully received and beam switching is performed based on the candidate beam indicated by the first information (the number of candidate beams at this time is one), but whether the second terminal can be received with a new beam after this beam switching moment This can shorten the time for the first terminal to wait for a response from the second terminal and the time for related processes, thereby improving the efficiency of beam failure recovery.
  • the first information may be a beam failure recovery request (Beam Failure Recovery request, BFR request) or a link failure recovery request (Link Failure Recovery request, LFR request). That is to say, the first terminal may send the first information as request information to the second terminal.
  • BFR request Beam Failure Recovery request
  • LFR request Link Failure Recovery request
  • the first terminal sending the first information to the second terminal may include:
  • the first terminal sends the first information on the first resource.
  • the first resource may be predefined by a protocol, configured or preconfigured by the network side, or selected or configured by the first terminal or the second terminal.
  • the first resource may be a specific broadcast area of the resource pool, or T time slots at regular intervals, or a certain number of physical resource blocks (Physical Resource Block, PRB) at a specific frequency location, etc.
  • PRB Physical Resource Block
  • the first resource can satisfy at least one of the following:
  • the first resource is Time Division Multiplexing (TDM), or Frequency Division Multiplexing (FDM), or Code Division Multiplexing (Code Division Multiplexing, CDM); that is, different terminals can use different resources. distinguish;
  • the first resource is notified to the second terminal through terminal cooperation information.
  • the first resource is a TDM resource, an FDM resource, or a CDM resource
  • both the transceiver and the receiving end i.e., the first terminal and the second terminal
  • the transmission or reception and beam failure recovery can be avoided. Or there is a conflict between signaling related to link failure recovery.
  • the first resource is notified to the second terminal through terminal collaboration information.
  • the first resource may be notified to the second terminal as a non-preferred resource.
  • the terminal cooperation information it is possible to avoid the situation where both the transceiver and the receiving end (i.e. the first terminal and the second terminal) are unable to receive due to half-duplex and other reasons, as well as beam failure recovery or link failure recovery. Related signaling situations.
  • the first terminal after the first terminal sends the first information to the second terminal, the first terminal further includes any of the following:
  • the receiving beam is switched to the receiving beam corresponding to the candidate beam.
  • the confirmation information is used to represent that the second terminal confirms that the original communication beam will be used. Switch to candidate beam;
  • the rejection information is used to represent that the second terminal refuses to switch the original communication beam to the candidate beam.
  • the first terminal after sending the first information to the second terminal, the first terminal can perform beam switching (ie, switch the receiving beam to a receiving beam corresponding to the candidate beam) without waiting to receive the first response from the second terminal. (above), you may also confirm whether to perform beam switching while waiting to receive the first response from the second terminal. The following will describe these two situations respectively.
  • the first terminal can, after sending the first information to the second terminal, Switch its own receiving beam to the receiving beam corresponding to the candidate beam at or before the beam switching time indicated in the message (if any), that is, the first terminal can switch its own receiving beam to the receiving beam corresponding to the candidate beam without waiting for a response from the second terminal.
  • beam switching is performed.
  • the receiving beam at this time is a specific beam, a preconfigured beam, or a receiving beam determined based on existing beam measurement information.
  • the second terminal after receiving the first information, the second terminal can confirm whether to perform beam switching, that is, whether to switch the transmitting beam to the candidate beam.
  • the second terminal can switch the original communication beam (i.e., the original transmission beam) to the candidate beam, and send data or agreed signals to the first terminal through the candidate beam, or through beam scanning, etc. method to send agreed signals, so that the first terminal can confirm that the second terminal agrees to perform beam switching by receiving the data or agreed signals sent by the second terminal, and measure the corresponding reference signal of the switched transmission beam to determine a suitable
  • the receiving beam can realize beam failure recovery or link failure recovery. Since during the entire beam failure recovery or link failure recovery process, the first terminal can complete the beam switching without waiting for the response of the second terminal, therefore, the waiting time for the response and the time of the related processes can be shortened, and the beam can be improved. Failure recovery efficiency.
  • the second terminal When the second terminal confirms that it will not perform beam switching, that is, when it refuses to perform beam switching, it may not perform beam switching or use the candidate beam to send data or agreed signals to the first terminal.
  • the first terminal does not receive the data or agreed signal of the second terminal through the receiving beam corresponding to the candidate beam.
  • the second terminal refuses to switch the transmission beam to the candidate beam.
  • the beam failure recovery fails or the link failure recovery fails.
  • the first terminal may perform beam measurement or beam training to re-determine candidate beams and perform beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on the re-determined candidate beams.
  • the specific implementation of beam failure recovery or link failure recovery by the first terminal through beam measurement can be seen in the embodiment shown in Figure 3.
  • the specific implementation of beam failure recovery or link failure recovery through beam training can be Referring to the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , no detailed description will be given here.
  • the first response received by the first terminal may include at least one of the following:
  • Confirmation information which is used to confirm that the original communication beam is switched to the candidate beam
  • Rejection information which is used to refuse to switch the original transmitting beam to the candidate beam (or is used to represent information that continues to use the current beam for communication);
  • the target beam is the beam selected by the second terminal from the candidate beams;
  • the beam information of the transmission beam of the first terminal is determined by the second terminal after beam measurement, and is suitable for determining the bidirectional transmission beam of the first terminal and the second terminal;
  • the beam switching moment is used to inform the first terminal when to start communicating with a new beam, or when to start measuring the transmitting beam to determine the appropriate receiving beam. It can be an absolute time or a relative time.
  • the second terminal when the second terminal receives the first information, when the number of candidate beams is one, it can confirm whether it is based on factors such as the communication quality of the candidate beams. Switch the transmit beam to the candidate beam.
  • the second terminal may perform beam switching before the beam reception time (if any) indicated by the first information or before the beam switching time, and may also send a first response to the first terminal.
  • the first terminal After receiving the first response, it can be confirmed that the second terminal agrees to perform beam switching, and then the first terminal The terminal can determine a new receiving beam and switch the receiving beam to the new receiving beam at or before the beam switching time indicated by the first information, thereby achieving beam failure recovery and link failure recovery. Since during the entire beam failure recovery or link failure recovery process, the first terminal can determine candidate beams based on existing information and then implement beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on the candidate beams, therefore, the process of beam measurement or beam training can be shortened. Determine the time of candidate beams to improve the efficiency of beam failure recovery or link failure recovery.
  • the second terminal refuses to perform beam switching, it may not perform beam switching, and may also send a first response containing rejection information to the first terminal.
  • the first terminal may confirm that the second terminal The terminal refuses to switch the transmit beam to a candidate beam.
  • the first terminal can perform beam measurement or beam training to re-determine the candidate beam and perform beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on the re-determined candidate beam.
  • the specific implementation of beam failure recovery or link failure recovery by the first terminal through beam measurement can be seen in the embodiment shown in Figure 3.
  • the specific implementation of beam failure recovery or link failure recovery through beam training can be Referring to the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , no detailed description will be given here.
  • the second terminal can confirm whether there is a suitable beam among the multiple candidate beams based on factors such as the communication quality of the candidate beam, such as whether there is a suitable beam with poor communication quality. If a good beam exists, the second terminal can confirm the beam switching and switch the original communication beam to the beam (which may be called the target beam later). If it does not exist, the second terminal can refuse to perform the beam switching.
  • the second terminal may perform beam switching at the beam reception time (if any) indicated by the first information or before the beam switching time, and may also send beam information including the target beam to the first terminal ( Optionally, the first response may include the beam switching time).
  • the first terminal may confirm that the second terminal agrees to perform beam switching and confirm the second terminal's switching based on the beam information of the target beam. target beam. Afterwards, the first terminal determines a suitable receiving beam of the target beam through processes such as beam measurement. The first terminal may switch the receiving beam to the receiving beam corresponding to the target beam at or before the beam switching time indicated by the first information (if any), or may switch the receiving beam to the receiving beam corresponding to the target beam at the beam switching time indicated by the first response (if any). ) or before the beam switching moment, the receiving beam is switched to the receiving beam corresponding to the target beam, so that beam failure recovery and link failure recovery can be achieved.
  • the first terminal can determine candidate beams based on existing information and then implement beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on the candidate beams, therefore, the process of beam measurement or beam training can be shortened.
  • the time to determine candidate beams improves the efficiency of beam failure recovery or link failure recovery.
  • the second terminal When the second terminal refuses to perform beam switching, it may not perform beam switching, and may also send a first response containing rejection information to the first terminal. After receiving the first response, the first terminal may confirm that the second terminal The terminal refuses to perform beam switching based on the candidate beam. At this time, the first terminal can perform beam measurement or beam training to re-determine the candidate beam and perform beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on the re-determined candidate beam.
  • the first The specific implementation of beam failure recovery or link failure recovery through beam measurement can be seen in the embodiment shown in Figure 3.
  • the specific implementation of beam failure recovery or link failure recovery through beam training can be seen in Figure 4. The embodiments shown are not described in detail here.
  • the first terminal when receiving the first response, may receive at least one of the following:
  • the first response is received through the second beam, which is the beam corresponding to the beam used by the second terminal to receive the first information, and the measurement value of the second beam is greater than the preset threshold, which can be predefined by the protocol, or Configured or pre-configured by the network side, or configured by the first terminal or the second terminal;
  • PSSCH Physical Sidelink Shared Channel
  • PSCCH Physical Sidelink Control Channel
  • the specific manner in which the first terminal receives the first response may correspond to the specific manner in which the second terminal sends the first response.
  • the first terminal can receive the first response through the beam corresponding to the candidate beam.
  • the beam corresponding to the candidate beam may be a receiving beam of the reference signal within the candidate beam.
  • the first terminal receives a Negative Acknowledgment (NACK) signal or an ACK signal sent by the second terminal at a specific position of the PSFCH, and the NACK signal or The ACK signal may characterize the first response.
  • NACK Negative Acknowledgment
  • This PSFCH specific location may be network configuration/preconfiguration, or a specific set of PRBs configured by the terminal.
  • the second terminal may send the first response through beam scanning, and correspondingly, the first terminal may receive the first response through beam scanning.
  • the first terminal determines that the second terminal refuses to perform beam switching, it can perform beam measurement or beam training to re-determine candidate beams based on the measurement results or training results, and then based on the new candidates Beam performs beam failure recovery or link failure recovery.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal and the second terminal are transmitting, the first terminal can determine the candidate beam according to the second information and indicate the candidate beam to the second terminal through the first information. In this way, by defining how to perform beam failure recovery or link failure recovery, the terminal can recover based on beam failure or link failure. The method of failure recovery or link failure recovery successfully restores the beam or link to ensure the reliability and continuity of communication.
  • this embodiment of the present application provides a beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method 300.
  • the method can be executed by the first terminal.
  • the method can be executed by software or hardware installed on the first terminal.
  • the beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method includes the following steps.
  • S302 The first terminal performs beam measurement.
  • the first terminal can perform beam measurements.
  • the purpose of beam measurement may be to determine candidate beams.
  • the number of candidate beams may be one or more.
  • the candidate beams are used for beam failure recovery or link failure recovery.
  • the first terminal performs beam measurement, which may include at least one of the following:
  • the first terminal performs beam measurement when it is determined that the beam fails or the link fails;
  • the first terminal performs beam measurement every preset time period.
  • the opportunity for the first terminal to perform beam measurement may be to perform beam measurement when the beam fails or the link fails, and/or to perform beam measurement every time a preset time period (life cycle) is reached.
  • a preset time period life cycle
  • the beam measurement is performed when it is considered or assumed that the beam fails or the link fails. Beam measurement.
  • beam failure recovery or link failure recovery can be performed without detecting whether the beam fails or whether the link fails, thereby simplifying the process, reducing the operational complexity of the terminal, and improving beam failure recovery or link failure. Failure recovery efficiency.
  • the above preset time period can satisfy at least one of the following:
  • the length of the preset time period is related to the width of the beam
  • the length of the preset time period is related to the type of beam training
  • the length of the preset time period is related to the channel occupancy rate or the channel busy rate
  • the length of the preset time period is predefined by the protocol, configured or preconfigured by the network side, or configured by the first terminal or the second terminal.
  • the length of the preset time period may be related to the width of the beam. If the beam is a wide beam, the preset time period may be set longer. If the beam is a narrow beam, the preset time period may be longer. It can be set shorter because if the beam is a wide beam, it can be considered that the possibility of beam failure is less, or the process of the beam changing from alignment to misalignment will be relatively slow, so the preset time period can be set longer. For some, relatively, if it is a narrow beam, the preset time period can be set shorter.
  • the specific length of the preset time period can be determined according to the actual application scenario, and is not specifically limited here.
  • the length of the preset time period depends on the type of beam training and can be, if the beam is a roughly trained wave When the beam is aligned, it can be considered that the beam is wider and has a wider range, and the possibility of beam failure is smaller. In other words, the process of the beam changing from alignment to misalignment will be relatively slow, so the preset time period can be set longer. , if the beam is a accurately trained beam, it can be considered that the beam is narrower and wider, and the range is narrower, so the preset time period can be set shorter.
  • the specific length of the preset time period can be determined according to the actual application scenario, and is not specifically limited here.
  • the length of the preset time period is related to CR or CBR.
  • the preset time period can be set shorter. At this time, due to the relatively high degree of system congestion, beaming is more likely to occur. Failure or link failure; on the other hand, when CR or CBR is low, the preset time period can be set longer.
  • the specific length can be determined according to the actual application scenario, and there is no specific limit here.
  • the first terminal when performing beam measurement, may include at least one of the following:
  • the first beam is configured or preconfigured by the network side, or configured or preconfigured by the first terminal, or configured or preconfigured by the second terminal;
  • the third request is sent by the first terminal before performing beam measurement.
  • the third request is used to request the second terminal to send the reference signal.
  • the first terminal when performing beam measurement, may perform beam measurement on configured or preconfigured beams, and/or perform beam measurement on corresponding multiple beams based on reference signals of multiple beams sent by the second terminal.
  • the reference signal may be a reference signal periodically sent by the second terminal.
  • the reference signal can be measured without triggering the second terminal to send the reference signal to achieve Measurement of the beam corresponding to the reference signal.
  • the reference signal may also be a reference signal that is triggered by the first terminal to be sent by the second terminal.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal needs to perform beam measurement, it can send a third request (which can be a BFR request) to the second terminal for requesting the second terminal to send a reference signal.
  • the second terminal After receiving the third request, the second terminal can The reference signal is sent to the first terminal, and the first terminal can measure the reference signal sent by the second terminal, thereby achieving measurement of the beam corresponding to the reference signal.
  • the reference signal sent by the second terminal may be a channel state information reference signal (Channel State Information-Reference Signals, CSI-RS) and/or a synchronization signal block (Synchronization Signal Block, SSB), etc.
  • the specific implementation method of the second terminal periodically sending the reference signal may refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, and the description will not be repeated here.
  • the transmission period of the reference signal may be predefined by a protocol, configured or preconfigured by the network side, or configured or indicated by the first terminal or the second terminal.
  • the reference signal may also include a reference signal corresponding to the original communication beam, so that the first terminal performs beam measurement. When measuring, the original communication beam can be measured.
  • S304 The first terminal determines candidate beams based on the measurement results.
  • the first terminal After performing beam measurement, the first terminal can obtain measurement information of multiple beams. Based on the measurement information of multiple beams, the first terminal may determine one or more candidate beams with better communication quality.
  • the first terminal sends a first request to the second terminal, where the first request is used to request beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on candidate beams.
  • the first terminal may send a first request to the second terminal to request the second terminal to perform beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on the candidate beam.
  • the first request may include at least one of the following:
  • the identification of the candidate beam can be the sequence number of the candidate beam, reference signal ID, TCI state, QCL information, resource identification (such as the identification of the transmitted time domain, frequency domain or code domain), etc.
  • the beam switching time can be used to inform the second terminal when to start switching or communicating with a new beam (ie, candidate beam).
  • the beam switching time may be an absolute time or a relative time, such as relative to the time when the first terminal sends the first request.
  • the measurement results of candidate beams may be, for example, the ranking of candidate beams, the identification or number of candidate beams with measurement values greater than a preset threshold, etc.
  • the first terminal When the first terminal sends the first request to the second terminal, optionally, it may include at least one of the following:
  • the first request is carried on PSSCH and/or PSCCH and sent to the second terminal.
  • the above-mentioned sending of the first request by means of beam scanning can be used to determine the scenario of sending beams by both the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the first terminal sends the first request to the second terminal by means of beam scanning to request
  • the second terminal switches its own transmission beam, and the beam scanning method can improve the success rate of the second terminal receiving the first request.
  • the second terminal can measure the first request sent by the first terminal through beam scanning, according to The measurement result determines the candidate beam of the first terminal, and then sends a request to the first terminal based on the candidate beam to request the first terminal to also switch its own transmission beam, thereby realizing switching of the transmission beams of both the first terminal and the second terminal. switching purpose.
  • the first terminal sends the first request to the second terminal through beam scanning, which may include any of the following:
  • the first request is sent M times in each direction until the first response sent by the second terminal is received.
  • M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the first terminal when it sends the first request through beam scanning, it may scan in multiple beam directions each time, that is, scan in multiple beam directions each time, or, It is also possible to scan M times in one beam direction and then switch to the next beam direction to scan M times, so as to perform cyclic scanning in multiple beam directions, or other scanning methods are also possible. No matter which beam scanning method is used, scanning can be stopped when receiving the first response from the second terminal.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal carries the first request on the PSFCH and sends it to the second terminal, it may include:
  • An ACK signal or NACK signal is sent to the second terminal at a specific position of the PSFCH, and the ACK signal or NACK signal may represent the first request.
  • the second terminal detects an ACK signal or a NACK signal at a specific location, it is considered that the first terminal has initiated a beam failure recovery or link failure recovery process.
  • the first terminal after the first terminal sends the first request to the second terminal, it may also include at least one of the following:
  • the second terminal may send a first response to the first terminal.
  • the first terminal may detect the first response after K time slots of sending the first request, or may detect and receive the first response after sending the first request.
  • the value of K may be predefined by the protocol, configured or preconfigured by the network side, or configured by the first terminal or the second terminal.
  • the first response sent by the second terminal to the first terminal may include at least one of the following:
  • Confirmation information which is used to confirm that the original communication beam is switched to the candidate beam
  • Rejection information which is used to refuse to switch the original transmitting beam to a candidate beam (or to indicate continued use of information for communication using the current beam);
  • the target beam is the beam selected by the second terminal from the candidate beams;
  • the beam information of the transmission beam of the first terminal is determined by the second terminal after beam measurement, and is suitable for determining the bidirectional transmission beam of the first terminal and the second terminal;
  • the beam switching moment is used to inform the first terminal when to start communicating with a new beam, or when to start measuring the transmitting beam to determine the appropriate receiving beam. It can be an absolute time or a relative time.
  • the first terminal after the first terminal sends the first request to the second terminal, when the second terminal receives the first request, when the number of candidate beams is one, it can confirm whether it is based on factors such as the communication quality of the candidate beams. Switch the transmit beam to the candidate beam.
  • the second terminal may perform beam switching before the beam reception time (if any) indicated by the first request or the beam switching time, and may also send a first response to the first terminal.
  • the first terminal After receiving the first response, it can be confirmed that the second terminal agrees to perform beam switching, and then the first terminal can determine a new receiving beam, and switch the receiving beam at or before the beam switching time indicated by the first request.
  • the second terminal When the second terminal refuses to perform beam switching, it may not perform beam switching, and may also send a first response containing rejection information to the first terminal. After receiving the first response, the first terminal may confirm that the second terminal The terminal refuses to switch the transmit beam to the candidate beam. At this time, the first terminal can perform beam measurement (ie, return to execution S302) or beam training to re-determine the candidate beam and perform beam failure recovery or link based on the re-determined candidate beam. Failure recovery.
  • beam measurement ie, return to execution S302
  • beam training ie, return to execution S302
  • the second terminal can confirm whether there is a suitable beam among the multiple candidate beams based on factors such as the communication quality of the candidate beam, such as whether there is a suitable beam with poor communication quality. If a good beam exists, the second terminal can confirm the beam switching and switch the original communication beam to the beam (which may be called the target beam later). If it does not exist, the second terminal can refuse to perform the beam switching.
  • the first terminal sends the first request by means of beam scanning
  • the second terminal can confirm the finally selected target beam by means of beam measurement.
  • the second terminal may perform beam switching at the beam reception time indicated by the first request (if any) or before the beam switching time, and may also send beam information including the target beam to the first terminal (optionally, the first response may include the beam switching time).
  • the first terminal may confirm that the second terminal agrees to perform beam switching and confirm the second terminal's switching based on the beam information of the target beam. target beam. Afterwards, the first terminal determines a suitable receiving beam of the target beam through processes such as beam measurement.
  • the terminal may switch the receiving beam to the receiving beam corresponding to the target beam at the beam switching time indicated by the first request (if any) or before the beam switching time, or may switch the receiving beam at the beam switching time indicated by the first response (if any) Or switch the receiving beam to the receiving beam corresponding to the target beam before the beam switching moment, so that beam failure recovery and link failure recovery can be achieved.
  • the second terminal When the second terminal refuses to perform beam switching, it may not perform beam switching, and may also send a first response containing rejection information to the first terminal. After receiving the first response, the first terminal may confirm that the second terminal The terminal refuses to perform beam switching based on the candidate beam. At this time, the first terminal can perform beam measurement (ie, return to execution S302) or beam training to re-determine the candidate beam and perform beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on the re-determined candidate beam. .
  • beam measurement ie, return to execution S302
  • beam training to re-determine the candidate beam and perform beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on the re-determined candidate beam.
  • the second terminal may also carry beam information of the transmission beam of the first terminal in the first response.
  • the first terminal may send the first request by means of beam scanning.
  • the second terminal After receiving the first request, the second terminal, in addition to confirming whether to perform beam switching based on the method described above, may also The first request sent by the first terminal through beam scanning can be measured, the transmission beam of the first terminal (that is, the candidate beam of the first terminal) is determined according to the measurement result, and the beam information of the transmission beam is carried in the first response and sent to The first terminal can confirm whether to switch its own transmission beam based on the beam information of the transmission beam carried in the first response, thereby achieving the purpose of switching the transmission beams of both the first terminal and the second terminal. In this way, in a scenario where beam failure or link failure is prone to occur in both directions of communication, the first terminal and the second terminal do not need to independently send requests for beam failure recovery or link failure recovery or initiate two beam failures. Recovery or link failure recovery process.
  • the first terminal may receive the first response.
  • the first terminal may receive the first response through at least one of the following:
  • the second beam is the beam corresponding to the beam used by the second terminal to receive the first request, and the measurement value of the second beam is greater than the preset threshold;
  • the PSSCH or PSCCH sent by the second terminal is received, and the PSSCH or PSCCH carries the first response.
  • the specific manner in which the first terminal receives the first response may correspond to the specific manner in which the second terminal sends the first response.
  • the first terminal can respond through the candidate beam.
  • the beam receives the first response.
  • the beam corresponding to the candidate beam may be a receiving beam of the reference signal within the candidate beam.
  • the first terminal receives the NACK signal or the ACK signal sent by the second terminal at a specific position of the PSFCH, and the NACK signal or the ACK signal represents the first response.
  • This PSFCH specific location may be network configuration/preconfiguration, or a specific set of PRBs configured by the terminal.
  • the second terminal may send the first response through beam scanning, and correspondingly, the first terminal may receive the first response through beam scanning.
  • the first terminal determines that the second terminal refuses to perform beam switching, it can perform beam measurement or beam training to re-determine candidate beams based on the measurement results or training results, and then based on the new candidates Beam performs beam failure recovery or link failure recovery.
  • the first terminal may optionally include at least one of the following:
  • the first terminal may determine the receiving beam corresponding to the new communication beam after receiving the first response. For example, after the second terminal sends the first response, the first terminal can use multiple receiving beams to receive the first response in a manner similar to beam scanning, measure the reference signal corresponding to the first response, and determine the reference signal corresponding to the new response based on the measurement results.
  • the communication beam corresponds to the receiving beam.
  • the first terminal may switch the receiving beam to the new receiving beam at the beam switching time (which may be the beam switching time indicated in the first request or the first response) or before the beam switching time.
  • the first terminal may switch the beam indicated in the first response at the switching moment (which may be time) or before the beam switching time, the beam switches its own transmission beam to a new transmission beam, that is, to the transmission beam indicated in the first response.
  • the first terminal can confirm that the second terminal refuses to perform beam switching based on the candidate beam. At this time, the first terminal can perform the process again. Beam measurement (ie, return to execution S302) or beam training to re-determine candidate beams and perform beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on the re-determined candidate beams.
  • Beam measurement ie, return to execution S302
  • beam training to re-determine candidate beams and perform beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on the re-determined candidate beams.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal receives the first response, there may be no response due to various reasons.
  • the first response is received.
  • the first terminal has not received the first response within X time slots (which is greater than K time slots when the first terminal detects the first response) after sending the first request.
  • the first terminal can perform at least one of the following operations:
  • the reason why the first terminal did not receive the first response may be that the second terminal did not receive the first request, or the previous sending method of the first request was not easily detected by the second terminal, or it may also be that the first request was not received by the second terminal.
  • the low transmission power results in the second terminal not receiving the first request, which in turn causes the second terminal to be unable to feed back the first response, and the first terminal is also unable to receive the first response. Therefore, the first terminal fails to receive the first response after it has not received the first response.
  • the first request may be re-sent by at least one of repeatedly sending the first request, sending the first request through beam scanning, and increasing the sending power of the first request until the first response is received.
  • the first terminal when it repeatedly sends the first request or uses a higher transmission power to send the first request, it may do so through at least one of a beam scanning method, an omnidirectional beam, an original communication beam, and a beam corresponding to a candidate beam. Send, or carry the first request in the PSFCH, PSSCH and/or PSCCH and send it to the second terminal.
  • the sending power of the first request may satisfy at least one of the following:
  • the transmission power when the first request is sent again is increased by T dbm.
  • the sending power of the first response can be increased, thereby improving transmission reliability.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal and the second terminal are transmitting, the first terminal can determine candidate beams based on the beam measurement results and request the second terminal to perform beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on the candidate beams. In this way, by defining how to perform beam failure recovery or link failure recovery, the terminal can successfully recover the beam or link based on the beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method in the case of beam failure or link failure, ensuring communication. reliability and continuity.
  • this embodiment of the present application provides a beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method 400.
  • the method can be executed by the first terminal.
  • the method can be executed by software or hardware installed on the first terminal.
  • the wave The bundle failure recovery or link failure recovery method includes the following steps.
  • S402 The first terminal performs beam training.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal and the second terminal use beams for transmission on the FR2 band, the first terminal can perform beam training.
  • the purpose of beam training may be to determine candidate beams, the number of candidate beams may be one, and the candidate beams are used for beam failure recovery or link failure recovery.
  • the first terminal performs beam training, which may include at least one of the following:
  • the first terminal performs beam training when it is determined that the beam fails or the link fails;
  • the first terminal performs beam training every preset time period.
  • the opportunity for the first terminal to perform beam training may be to perform beam measurement when the beam fails or the link fails, and/or to perform beam training every time a preset time period (life cycle) is reached.
  • beam training is performed every time a preset time period is reached. It may be considered or assumed that the beam fails or the link fails every time the preset time period is reached.
  • the beam training is performed when the beam failure or link failure is considered or assumed. Beam training. In this way, beam failure recovery or link failure recovery can be performed without detecting whether the beam fails or whether the link fails, thereby simplifying the process, reducing the operational complexity of the terminal, and improving beam failure recovery or link failure. Failure recovery efficiency.
  • the above preset time period can satisfy at least one of the following:
  • the length of the preset time period is related to the width of the beam
  • the length of the preset time period is related to the type of beam training
  • the length of the preset time period is related to the channel occupancy rate or the channel busy rate
  • the length of the preset time period is predefined by the protocol, configured or preconfigured by the network side, or configured by the first terminal or the second terminal.
  • the length of the preset time period may be related to the width of the beam. If the beam is a wide beam, the preset time period may be set longer. If the beam is a narrow beam, the preset time period may be longer. It can be set shorter because if the beam is a wide beam, it can be considered that the possibility of beam failure is less, or the process of the beam changing from alignment to misalignment will be relatively slow, so the preset time period can be set longer. For some, relatively, if it is a narrow beam, the preset time period can be set shorter.
  • the specific length of the preset time period can be determined according to the actual application scenario, and is not specifically limited here.
  • the length of the preset time period is related to the type of beam training. If the beam is a roughly trained beam, it can be considered that the beam is wider and has a wider range, and the possibility of beam failure is smaller, or the beam is less likely to fail. The process of alignment to misalignment will be relatively slow, so the preset time period can be set longer. On the other hand, if the beam is a accurately trained beam, it can be considered that the beam is narrower and wider, and the range is narrower, so it can Set the preset time period shorter.
  • the specific length of the preset time period can be determined according to the actual application scenario, and is not specifically limited here.
  • the length of the preset time period is related to CR or CBR.
  • the preset time period can be set shorter. At this time, due to the relatively high degree of system congestion, beaming is more likely to occur. Failure or link failure; on the other hand, when CR or CBR is low, the preset time period can be set longer.
  • the specific length can be determined according to the actual application scenario, and there is no specific limit here.
  • the first terminal performs beam training, which may also include:
  • the first terminal when it performs beam training, it can perform beam training based on the reference signal sent by the second terminal for beam training.
  • the reference signal may be CRI-RS or SSB, etc.
  • the reference signal may be a periodic signal, and specifically may be sent periodically by the second terminal.
  • the transmission period of the reference signal is predefined by the protocol, or configured or preconfigured by the network side, or configured or indicated by the first terminal or the second terminal.
  • the reference signal may also include a reference signal corresponding to the original communication beam, so that the first terminal can measure the original communication beam when performing beam training.
  • S404 The first terminal determines candidate beams based on the training results.
  • the first terminal After measuring the beam training signal sent by the second terminal, the first terminal can obtain measurement information of multiple beams. Based on the measurement information of multiple beams, the first terminal can determine a candidate beam with better communication quality.
  • the first terminal sends a second request to the second terminal, where the second request is used to request beam switching based on the candidate beam.
  • the first terminal may send a second request to the second terminal to request the second terminal to perform beam switching based on the candidate beam to achieve beam failure recovery or link failure recovery.
  • the second request sent by the first terminal may include at least one of the following:
  • the identification of the candidate beam can be the sequence number of the candidate beam, reference signal ID, TCI state, QCL, resource identification (such as the identification of the transmitted time domain, frequency domain or code domain), etc.
  • the beam switching time can be used to inform the second terminal when to start communicating using a new beam (ie, candidate beam).
  • the beam switching time may be an absolute time or a relative time, such as relative to the time when the first terminal sends the first A moment of request.
  • the measurement results of candidate beams may be, for example, the ranking of candidate beams, the identification or number of candidate beams with measurement values greater than a preset threshold, etc.
  • the first terminal When the first terminal sends the second request to the second terminal, optionally, it may include at least one of the following:
  • the second request is carried on the PSSCH and/or PSCCH and sent to the second terminal.
  • the above-mentioned sending of the second request through beam scanning may be used to determine the scenario of sending beams of both the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the first terminal sends a second request to the second terminal through beam scanning to request the second terminal to switch its own transmission beam.
  • the second terminal can respond to the second request sent by the first terminal through beam scanning. Request measurement, determine candidate beams based on the measurement results, and then send a request to the first terminal based on the candidate beams to request the first terminal to switch its own transmission beam, thereby realizing switching of the transmission beams of both the first terminal and the second terminal. switching purpose.
  • the first terminal when it sends the second request to the second terminal through beam scanning, it may be performed in multiple beam directions during each scan, that is, each scan may be performed in multiple beam directions. , or it is also possible to scan one beam direction M times and then switch to the next beam direction to scan M times, so as to perform cyclic scanning in multiple beam directions, or other scanning methods are also possible.
  • the first terminal carries the second request on the PSFCH and sends it to the second terminal, which may include:
  • An ACK signal or NACK signal is sent to the second terminal at a specific position of the PSFCH, and the ACK signal or the NACK signal represents the second request.
  • the first terminal after the first terminal sends the second request to the second terminal, it may also include:
  • the receiving beam corresponding to the candidate beam is determined based on the measurement result of the reference signal.
  • the second terminal may switch its own transmitting beam to the second request indication at or before the beam switching time indicated by the second request. candidate beams.
  • the second terminal can send the reference signal to the first terminal through the candidate beam (ie, the new communication beam).
  • the first terminal can measure the reference signal and determine the receiving beam corresponding to the candidate beam according to the measurement result. In this way, the first terminal can communicate with the second terminal through the receiving beam corresponding to the candidate beam, successfully restore the beam or link, and ensure the reliability and continuity of communication.
  • the first terminal determines candidate beams based on the beam training results, and requests the second terminal to perform beam switching based on the candidate beams.
  • the terminal can successfully recover the beam or link based on the beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method in the case of beam failure or link failure, ensuring communication. reliability and continuity.
  • this embodiment of the present application provides a beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method 500.
  • the method can be executed by the first terminal.
  • the method can be executed by software or hardware installed on the first terminal.
  • the beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method includes the following steps.
  • the first terminal receives indication information.
  • the indication information is sent by the second terminal when it is determined that the beam fails or the link fails.
  • the indication information is used to instruct the first terminal to perform beam measurement or beam training, or the indication information is used to indicate a new beam.
  • the second terminal can determine whether the beam fails or the link fails.
  • the second terminal may send indication information to the first terminal, and the first terminal may receive the indication information.
  • the indication information is used to instruct the first terminal to perform beam measurement or beam training, or to instruct a new beam.
  • the indication information received by the first terminal may include at least one of the following:
  • the indication information when used to instruct the first terminal to perform beam measurement or beam training, the indication information is also used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the first terminal may also include any of the following:
  • the first terminal performs beam measurement or beam training according to the instruction information; determines candidate beams according to the beam measurement results or beam training results; and reports the candidate beams to the second terminal;
  • the first terminal sends the beam measurement result or beam training result to the second terminal, and the beam measurement result or beam training result is used by the second terminal to determine a new transmission beam.
  • the first terminal may report the candidate beam to the second terminal.
  • the first terminal may report the candidate beam to the second terminal by sending a first request or a second request to the second terminal.
  • the first request and the second request please refer to the corresponding content in the embodiment shown in Figure 3 or Figure 4.
  • the first terminal sending the first request or the second request please refer to Figure 3 or Figure 4.
  • the first terminal can also send these results to the second terminal, and the second terminal determines the candidate beams based on these results.
  • the second terminal After receiving the candidate beam, the second terminal can confirm whether to perform beam switching. For specific implementation methods, please refer to the corresponding content in the embodiment shown in Figure 3 or Figure 4, and the description will not be repeated here. In addition, after receiving the beam measurement results or beam training results, the second terminal can determine candidate beams based on these results, and perform beam switching based on the candidate beams to achieve beam failure recovery or link failure recovery. The specific implementation method is also Please refer to the corresponding content in the embodiment shown in Figure 3 or Figure 4, and the description will not be repeated here.
  • the first terminal may perform beam switching based on the indicated beam.
  • the indication information is used to indicate a new beam
  • the first terminal may perform beam switching based on the indicated beam.
  • the terminal when the first terminal and the second terminal are transmitting, when the second terminal detects beam failure or link failure, it instructs the first terminal to perform beam measurement or beam training, and reports to the first terminal or indicate a new beam.
  • the terminal can successfully recover the beam or link based on the beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method in the case of beam failure or link failure, ensuring communication. reliability and continuity.
  • this embodiment of the present application provides a beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method 600.
  • the method can be executed by the second terminal.
  • the method can be executed by software or hardware installed on the second terminal.
  • the beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method includes the following steps.
  • the second terminal receives the first information.
  • the first information is sent by the first terminal after determining candidate beams based on the second information.
  • the first information is information for beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on the candidate beams.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal and the second terminal use beams for transmission on the FR2 band, the first terminal can determine the candidate beam based on the second information, and then send the first information to the second terminal.
  • the first information is based on Information about candidate beams for beam failure recovery or link failure recovery.
  • the number of candidate beams may be one or more.
  • the candidate beams are used for beam failure recovery or link failure recovery.
  • the second terminal After the first terminal sends the first information to the second terminal, the second terminal can receive the first information.
  • the timing when the first terminal determines the first information based on the second information may refer to See the embodiment shown in Figure 2, and the description will not be repeated here.
  • the above-mentioned second information may be existing or latest information of the first terminal.
  • the second information may include at least one of the following:
  • the latest determined or negotiated beam information between the first terminal and the second terminal is the latest determined or negotiated beam information between the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the pre-measured or cached measurement information may be obtained by the first terminal by measuring the reference signal used for beam training, or by measuring the reference signal used for beam measurement.
  • the configuration or preconfiguration information of the beam may be the configuration or preconfiguration information of the beam on the network side, or it may be the configuration or preconfiguration information of the beam by the first terminal or the second terminal.
  • the second terminal is preconfigured to switch to a specific beam according to the beam recovery request sent by the first terminal or directly switch to a specific beam after the first terminal or the second terminal itself detects a beam failure or a link failure;
  • the latest determined or negotiated beam information of the two terminals For example, the first terminal and the second terminal may determine or negotiate candidate transceiver beams at regular intervals during the communication process. The information of these transceiver beams is the first The latest determined or negotiated beam information between the terminal and the second terminal.
  • the specific implementation method for the first terminal to determine the candidate beam according to the second information may refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, and the description will not be repeated here.
  • the first information received by the second terminal may include at least one of the following:
  • the identifier of the candidate beam may be the sequence number of the candidate beam, reference signal ID, TCIstate, QCL information, resource identifier (such as the identifier of the transmitted time domain, frequency domain or code domain), etc.
  • the beam switching time can be used to inform the second terminal when to start communicating using a new beam (ie, candidate beam).
  • the beam switching time may be an absolute time or a relative time, such as relative to the time when the first terminal sends the first information.
  • the beam switching moment may be the latest moment when the first terminal expects the second terminal to switch the transmitting or receiving beam. In this case, the first terminal may not determine the second terminal by receiving a response from the second terminal.
  • the first information is successfully received and beam switching is performed based on the candidate beam indicated by the first information (the number of candidate beams at this time is one), but whether the second terminal can be received with a new beam after this beam switching moment This can shorten the time for the first terminal to wait for a response from the second terminal and the time for related processes, thereby improving the efficiency of beam failure recovery.
  • the first information may be a beam failure recovery request (BFR request) or a link Failure recovery request (LFR request). That is to say, the first terminal may send the first information as request information to the second terminal.
  • BFR request beam failure recovery request
  • LFR request link Failure recovery request
  • the second terminal receives the first information, which may include:
  • the second terminal receives the first information on the first resource.
  • the first resource may be predefined by a protocol, configured or preconfigured by the network side, or selected or configured by the first terminal or the second terminal.
  • the first resource may be a specific broadcast area of the resource pool, or T time slots at intervals, or a certain number of PRBs at a specific frequency location, etc.
  • the first resource can satisfy at least one of the following:
  • the first resource is TDM, or FDM, or CDM; that is, different terminals can be distinguished by different resources;
  • the first resource is notified to the second terminal through terminal collaboration information.
  • the first resource is a TDM resource, an FDM resource, or a CDM resource
  • both the transceiver and the receiving end i.e., the first terminal and the second terminal
  • the transmission or reception and beam failure recovery can be avoided. Or there is a conflict between signaling related to link failure recovery.
  • the first resource is notified to the second terminal through terminal collaboration information.
  • the first resource may be notified to the second terminal as a non-preferred resource.
  • the terminal cooperation information it is possible to avoid the situation where both the transceiver and the receiving end (i.e. the first terminal and the second terminal) are unable to receive due to half-duplex and other reasons, as well as beam failure recovery or link failure recovery. Related signaling situations.
  • the second terminal after receiving the first information, includes any of the following:
  • a first response is sent to the first terminal, where the first response contains rejection information, and the rejection information is used to indicate that the second terminal refuses to switch the original communication beam to the candidate beam.
  • the second terminal may confirm to perform beam switching (ie, switch the original communication beam to a candidate beam), or may refuse to perform beam switching.
  • the second terminal may also send corresponding response information to the first terminal.
  • the second terminal can confirm whether to perform beam switching, that is, whether to switch the transmitting beam to the candidate beam. For example, it can be judged whether the communication quality of the candidate beam is higher than the threshold value, If yes, beam switching can be confirmed and the transmit beam can be switched to the candidate beam. If not, beam switching can be refused.
  • the second terminal When the second terminal confirms beam switching, it can switch the original communication beam (i.e., the original transmitting beam) to the candidate beam, and send data or agreed signals to the first terminal through the candidate beam, or send the agreed signal through beam scanning or other methods. signal, so that the first terminal can confirm that the second terminal agrees to beam switching by receiving the data or agreed signal sent by the second terminal, and measure the corresponding reference signal of the switched transmit beam to determine a suitable receive beam , whereby beam failure recovery or link failure recovery can be achieved. Since during the entire beam failure recovery or link failure recovery process, the first terminal can complete the beam switching without waiting for the response of the second terminal, therefore, the waiting time for the response and the time of the related processes can be shortened, and the beam can be improved. Failure recovery efficiency.
  • the original communication beam i.e., the original transmitting beam
  • the first terminal can confirm that the second terminal agrees to beam switching by receiving the data or agreed signal sent by the second terminal, and measure the corresponding reference signal of the switched transmit beam to determine a suitable receive
  • the second terminal When the second terminal confirms that it will not perform beam switching, that is, when it refuses to perform beam switching, it may not perform beam switching and may not use the candidate beam to send data or agreed signals to the first terminal.
  • the receiving beam corresponding to the candidate beam passes
  • no data or agreed signal from the second terminal it can be confirmed that the second terminal has refused to switch the transmit beam to the candidate beam.
  • the first terminal may perform beam measurement or beam training to re-determine candidate beams and perform beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on the re-determined candidate beams.
  • the specific implementation of beam failure recovery or link failure recovery by the first terminal through beam measurement can be seen in the embodiment shown in Figure 3.
  • the specific implementation of beam failure recovery or link failure recovery through beam training can be Referring to the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , no detailed description will be given here.
  • the second terminal may send the first information to the first terminal after receiving the first information.
  • One response may include at least one of the following:
  • Confirmation information which is used to confirm that the original communication beam is switched to the candidate beam
  • Rejection information which is used to refuse to switch the original transmitting beam to the candidate beam (or is used to represent information that continues to use the current beam for communication);
  • the target beam is the beam selected by the second terminal from the candidate beams;
  • the beam information of the transmit beam of the first terminal is determined by the second terminal after beam measurement. It is applicable to the scenario where the first terminal and the second terminal determine the bidirectional beam;
  • the beam switching moment is used to inform the first terminal when to start communicating with a new beam, or when to start measuring the transmitting beam to determine the appropriate receiving beam. It can be an absolute time or a relative time.
  • the second terminal may Whether to switch the transmitting beam to the candidate beam is determined based on factors such as the communication quality of the candidate beam.
  • the second terminal may perform beam switching before the beam reception time (if any) indicated by the first information or before the beam switching time, and may also send a first response to the first terminal.
  • the first terminal After receiving the first response, it can be confirmed that the second terminal agrees to perform beam switching, and then the first terminal can determine a new receiving beam, and switch the receiving beam at or before the beam switching moment indicated by the first information. to the receiving beam corresponding to the candidate beam, thereby achieving beam failure recovery and link failure recovery.
  • the first terminal can determine candidate beams based on existing information and then implement beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on the candidate beams, therefore, the process of beam measurement or beam training can be shortened. Determine the time of candidate beams to improve the efficiency of beam failure recovery or link failure recovery.
  • the second terminal refuses to perform beam switching, it may not perform beam switching, and may also send a first response containing rejection information to the first terminal. After receiving the first response, the first terminal may confirm that the second terminal The terminal refuses to switch the transmit beam to a candidate beam. At this time, the first terminal can perform beam measurement or beam training to re-determine the candidate beam and perform beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on the re-determined candidate beam.
  • the second terminal can confirm whether there is a suitable beam among the multiple candidate beams based on factors such as the communication quality of the candidate beam, such as whether there is a suitable beam with poor communication quality. If a good beam exists, the second terminal can confirm the beam switching and switch the original communication beam to the beam (which may be called the target beam later). If it does not exist, the second terminal can refuse to perform the beam switching.
  • the second terminal may perform beam switching at the beam reception time (if any) indicated by the first information or before the beam switching time, and may also send beam information including the target beam to the first terminal ( Optionally, the first response may include the beam switching time).
  • the first terminal may confirm that the second terminal agrees to perform beam switching and confirm the second terminal's switching based on the beam information of the target beam. target beam. Afterwards, the first terminal determines a suitable receiving beam of the target beam through processes such as beam measurement. The first terminal may switch the receiving beam to the receiving beam corresponding to the target beam at or before the beam switching time indicated by the first information (if any), or may switch the receiving beam to the receiving beam corresponding to the target beam at the beam switching time indicated by the first response (if any). ) or before the beam switching moment, the receiving beam is switched to the receiving beam corresponding to the target beam, so that beam failure recovery and link failure recovery can be achieved.
  • the first terminal can determine candidate beams based on existing information and then implement beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on the candidate beams, therefore, the process of beam measurement or beam training can be shortened.
  • the time to determine candidate beams improves the efficiency of beam failure recovery or link failure recovery.
  • the second terminal When the second terminal refuses to perform beam switching, it may not perform beam switching, and may also request the first terminal to perform beam switching.
  • the first terminal sends a first response containing rejection information. After receiving the first response, the first terminal can confirm that the second terminal refuses to perform beam switching based on the candidate beam.
  • the first terminal can perform beam measurement or beam training to Candidate beams are re-determined and beam failure recovery or link failure recovery is performed based on the re-determined candidate beams.
  • the specific implementation of beam failure recovery or link failure recovery by the first terminal through beam measurement can be seen in the embodiment shown in Figure 3.
  • the specific implementation of beam failure recovery or link failure recovery through beam training can be Referring to the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , no detailed description will be given here.
  • the second terminal when sending the first response, may include at least one of the following:
  • the second beam is the beam corresponding to the beam used by the second terminal to receive the first information, and the measurement value of the second beam is greater than the preset threshold;
  • the PSFCH carries the first response
  • the PSSCH or PSCCH is sent to the first terminal, and the PSSCH or PSCCH carries the first response.
  • the second terminal may send a NACK signal or an ACK signal at a specific position of the PSFCH, and the NACK signal or the ACK signal may represent the first response.
  • This PSFCH specific location may be network configuration/preconfiguration, or a specific set of PRBs configured by the terminal.
  • the second terminal may send the first response by beam scanning.
  • the first terminal determines that the second terminal refuses to perform beam switching, it can perform beam measurement or beam training to re-determine candidate beams based on the measurement results or training results, and then based on the new candidates Beam performs beam failure recovery or link failure recovery.
  • the sending power of the first response may satisfy at least one of the following:
  • the first response is sent by a power control mechanism that is not based on the side link path loss, that is, the SL PL is ignored, for example, the first response is sent in the broadcast transmission form.
  • the sending power of the first response can be increased, thereby improving transmission reliability.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal and the second terminal are transmitting, the first terminal can determine the candidate beam according to the second information and indicate the candidate beam to the second terminal through the first information. In this way, by defining how to beam Failure recovery or link failure recovery allows the terminal to successfully recover the beam or link based on beam failure recovery or link failure recovery methods in the event of beam failure or link failure, ensuring the reliability and continuity of communication.
  • this embodiment of the present application provides a beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method 700.
  • the method can be executed by the second terminal.
  • the method can be executed by software or hardware installed on the second terminal.
  • the beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method includes the following steps.
  • the second terminal receives the first request sent by the first terminal.
  • the first request is used to request beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on candidate beams.
  • the candidate beams are determined based on the measurement results after beam measurement by the first terminal.
  • the first terminal can perform beam measurement and determine candidate beams.
  • the purpose of beam measurement can be to determine candidate beams.
  • the number can be one or more, and the candidate beams are used for beam failure recovery or link failure recovery.
  • the specific implementation method for the first terminal to perform beam measurement and determine candidate beams based on the beam measurement results may refer to the embodiment shown in Figure 3, and is not specifically limited here.
  • the first terminal may send a first request to the second terminal, and the second terminal may receive the first request sent by the first terminal.
  • the second terminal before receiving the first request, further includes at least one of the following:
  • the second terminal periodically sends a reference signal for beam measurement, and the reference signal corresponds to multiple beams;
  • Receive a third request sent by the first terminal the third request is sent by the first terminal before performing beam measurement, and the third request is used to request the second terminal to send a reference signal; the second terminal sends the reference signal to the first terminal.
  • the first terminal may perform beam measurement on the corresponding multiple beams based on the reference signals of the multiple beams sent by the second terminal.
  • the reference signal may be a reference signal periodically sent by the second terminal.
  • the reference signal can be measured without triggering the second terminal to send the reference signal to achieve Measurement of the beam corresponding to the reference signal.
  • the reference signal may also be a reference signal that is triggered by the first terminal to be sent by the second terminal.
  • the first terminal needs to perform beam measurement, it can send a third request (which can be a BFR request) to the second terminal for requesting the second terminal to send a reference signal.
  • the second terminal After receiving the third request, the second terminal can The reference signal is sent to the first terminal, so that the first terminal can measure the reference signal sent by the second terminal, thereby achieving measurement of the beam corresponding to the reference signal.
  • the reference signal sent by the second terminal may be CSI-RS and/or SSB, etc.
  • the transmission period of the reference signal may be predefined by the protocol, or configured or preconfigured by the network side, or configured or indicated by the first terminal or the second terminal.
  • the reference signal may also include a reference signal corresponding to the original communication beam, so that the first terminal can measure the original communication beam when performing beam measurement.
  • the second terminal periodically sends the reference signal for beam measurement, which may include at least one of the following:
  • the filling TB is sent to the first terminal, and the filling TB carries the reference signal
  • the reference signal is sent when Y beam failure instances (BFI) BFIs are detected;
  • the reference signal is sent when the first signal is not received within time Z.
  • the first signal is predefined by the protocol, or configured or preconfigured by the network side, or configured or preconfigured by the first terminal or the second terminal.
  • BFI can characterize poor beam quality or abnormal communication within a period of time due to obstacles and other reasons.
  • the above values of Y and Z may be predefined by the protocol, configured or preconfigured by the network side, or configured or preconfigured by the first terminal or the second terminal.
  • the first request received by the second terminal may include at least one of the following:
  • the identification of the candidate beam can be the sequence number of the candidate beam, reference signal ID, TCI state, QCL information, resource identification (such as the identification of the transmitted time domain, frequency domain or code domain), etc.
  • the beam switching time can be used to inform the second terminal when to start switching or communicating with a new beam (ie, candidate beam).
  • the beam switching time may be an absolute time or a relative time, such as relative to the time when the first terminal sends the first request.
  • the measurement results of candidate beams may be, for example, the ranking of candidate beams, the identification or number of candidate beams with measurement values greater than a preset threshold, etc.
  • the second terminal When the second terminal receives the first request sent by the first terminal, optionally, it may include at least one of the following:
  • the specific manner in which the second terminal receives the first request may correspond to the specific manner in which the first terminal sends the first request. For example, if the first terminal sends the first request to the second terminal through the original communication beam, the second terminal can receive the first request through the original communication beam.
  • the above-mentioned reception of the first request through beam scanning can be used to determine the scenario of sending beams by both the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the first terminal sends the first request to the second terminal through beam scanning to request
  • the second terminal switches its own transmission beam, and the beam scanning method can improve the success rate of the second terminal receiving the first request.
  • the second terminal can measure the first request sent by the first terminal through beam scanning, determine the candidate beam of the first terminal based on the measurement results, and then send a request to the first terminal based on the candidate beam to request the first terminal to scan the first request for itself.
  • the transmission beams of the first terminal and the second terminal are also switched, thereby achieving the purpose of switching the transmission beams of both the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the second terminal receives the first request sent by the first terminal through beam scanning, which may include any of the following:
  • M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the second terminal when it receives the first request through beam scanning, it may scan in multiple beam directions each time, that is, scan in multiple beam directions each time, or, It is also possible to scan M times in one beam direction and then switch to the next beam direction to scan M times, so as to perform cyclic scanning in multiple beam directions, or other scanning methods are also possible. No matter which beam scanning method is used, scanning can be stopped when the first request is received.
  • the second terminal receiving the PSFCH sent by the first terminal may include:
  • the ACK signal or NACK signal sent by the first terminal is received at a specific position of the PSFCH, and the ACK signal or NACK signal represents the first request.
  • the second terminal detects an ACK signal or a NACK signal at a specific location, it is considered that the first terminal has initiated a beam failure recovery or link failure recovery process.
  • the second terminal may also perform at least one of the following operations:
  • the second terminal may confirm whether to switch the transmitting beam to the candidate beam based on factors such as the communication quality of the candidate beam.
  • the second terminal may perform beam switching before the beam reception time (if any) indicated by the first request or the beam switching time, and may also send a first response to the first terminal.
  • the first terminal After receiving the first response, it can be confirmed that the second terminal agrees to perform beam switching, and then the first terminal can determine a new receiving beam, and switch the receiving beam at or before the beam switching time indicated by the first request. to the new receiving beam, thereby achieving beam failure recovery and link failure recovery.
  • the second terminal When the second terminal refuses to perform beam switching, it may not perform beam switching, and may also send a first response containing rejection information to the first terminal. After receiving the first response, the first terminal may confirm that the second terminal The terminal refuses to switch the transmit beam to a candidate beam. At this time, the first terminal can perform beam measurement or beam training to re-determine the candidate beam and perform beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on the re-determined candidate beam.
  • the specific implementation of beam failure recovery or link failure recovery by the first terminal through beam measurement can be seen in the embodiment shown in Figure 3.
  • the specific implementation of beam failure recovery or link failure recovery through beam training can be Referring to the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , no detailed description will be given here.
  • the second terminal can confirm whether there is a suitable beam among the multiple candidate beams based on factors such as the communication quality of the candidate beam, such as whether there is a suitable beam with poor communication quality. If a good beam exists, the second terminal can confirm the beam switching and switch the original communication beam to the beam (which may be called the target beam later). If it does not exist, the second terminal can refuse to perform the beam switching.
  • the first terminal sends the first request by means of beam scanning
  • the second terminal can confirm the finally selected target beam by means of beam measurement.
  • the second terminal may perform beam switching at the beam reception time indicated by the first request (if any) or before the beam switching time, and may also send beam information including the target beam to the first terminal (optionally, the first response may include the beam switching time).
  • the first terminal may confirm that the second terminal agrees to perform beam switching and confirm the second terminal's switching based on the beam information of the target beam. target beam. Afterwards, the first terminal determines a suitable receiving beam of the target beam through processes such as beam measurement.
  • the first terminal may switch the receiving beam to the receiving beam corresponding to the target beam at the beam switching time indicated by the first request (if any) or before the beam switching time, or may switch the receiving beam to the receiving beam corresponding to the target beam at the beam switching time indicated by the first response (if any). Yes) or beam Before the switching time, the receiving beam is switched to the receiving beam corresponding to the target beam, so that beam failure recovery and link failure recovery can be achieved.
  • the second terminal When the second terminal refuses to perform beam switching, it may not perform beam switching, and may also send a first response containing rejection information to the first terminal. After receiving the first response, the first terminal may confirm that the second terminal The terminal refuses to perform beam switching based on the candidate beam. At this time, the first terminal can perform beam measurement or beam training to re-determine the candidate beam and perform beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on the re-determined candidate beam.
  • the specific implementation of beam failure recovery or link failure recovery by the first terminal through beam measurement can be seen in the embodiment shown in Figure 3.
  • the specific implementation of beam failure recovery or link failure recovery through beam training can be Referring to the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , no detailed description will be given here.
  • the second terminal when the second terminal refuses to switch the transmission beam to the candidate beam indicated by the first request, it can also perform beam scanning so that the first terminal re-performs beam measurement and determines a new candidate beam according to the beam measurement result, And perform beam failure recovery or link failure recovery again based on the new candidate beam.
  • the second terminal after receiving the first request, can also perform measurements and determine the transmission beam of the first terminal (i.e., based on the measurement results). candidate beam of the first terminal). After that, the beam information of the transmit beam can be carried in the first response and sent to the first terminal.
  • the first terminal can confirm whether to switch its own transmit beam based on the beam information of the transmit beam carried in the first response, thereby realizing the The purpose of switching the transmission beams of both the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the first terminal and the second terminal do not need to independently send requests for beam failure recovery or link failure recovery or initiate two beam failures. Recovery or link failure recovery process.
  • the second terminal may stop detecting whether the beam fails after receiving the first request. Or if the link fails, to avoid unnecessary waste of resources.
  • the second terminal may stop transmitting the beam after receiving the first request. Failure recovery request or link failure recovery request to avoid unnecessary waste of resources.
  • the second terminal may send a first response to the first terminal.
  • the first response may include:
  • Confirmation information which is used to confirm that the original communication beam is switched to the candidate beam
  • Rejection information which is used to refuse to switch the original transmitting beam to the candidate beam (or is used to represent information that continues to use the current beam for communication);
  • the target beam is the beam selected by the second terminal from the candidate beams;
  • the beam information of the transmission beam of the first terminal is determined by the second terminal after beam measurement, and is suitable for determining the bidirectional transmission beam of the first terminal and the second terminal;
  • the beam switching time is used to inform the first terminal when to start communicating with the new beam. It can be an absolute time or a relative time.
  • the specific information contained in the first response sent by the second terminal may be related to the operation performed by the second terminal after receiving the first request. For details, please refer to the above related description of the operation performed by the second terminal after receiving the first request. , the description will not be repeated here.
  • the second terminal sends a first response to the first terminal, which may include at least one of the following:
  • the second beam is the beam corresponding to the beam used by the second terminal when receiving the first request, and the measurement value of the second beam is greater than the preset threshold;
  • the PSFCH carries the first response
  • the PSSCH or PSCCH is sent to the first terminal, and the PSSCH or PSCCH carries the first response.
  • the second terminal sends the PSFCH to the first terminal, which may include:
  • a NACK signal or an ACK signal is sent to the first terminal at a specific position of the PSFCH, and the NACK signal or the ACK signal represents the first response.
  • This PSFCH specific location may be network configuration/preconfiguration, or a specific set of PRBs configured by the terminal.
  • the second terminal may send the first response through beam scanning, and correspondingly, the first terminal may receive the first response through beam scanning.
  • the first terminal determines that the second terminal refuses to perform beam switching, it can perform beam measurement or beam training to re-determine candidate beams based on the measurement results or training results, and then based on the new candidates Beam performs beam failure recovery or link failure recovery.
  • the sending power of the first response may satisfy at least one of the following:
  • the first response is sent without a power control mechanism based on side link path loss.
  • the sending power of the first response can be increased, thereby improving transmission reliability.
  • the first terminal determines candidate beams based on the beam measurement results and requests the second terminal to perform beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on the candidate beams.
  • the terminal can successfully recover the beam or link based on the beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method in the case of beam failure or link failure, ensuring communication. reliability and continuity.
  • this embodiment of the present application provides a beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method 800.
  • the method can be executed by the second terminal.
  • the method can be executed by software or hardware installed on the second terminal.
  • the beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method includes the following steps.
  • the second terminal receives a second request sent by the first terminal.
  • the second request is used to request beam switching based on candidate beams.
  • the candidate beams are determined based on the training results after the first terminal performs beam training based on the reference signal.
  • the first terminal can perform beam training and determine candidate beams based on the training results.
  • the purpose of beam training may be to determine candidate beams, the number of candidate beams may be one, and the candidate beams are used for beam failure recovery or link failure recovery.
  • the specific implementation method of the first terminal performing beam training and determining candidate beams according to the training results may refer to the embodiment shown in Figure 4, and the description will not be repeated here.
  • the first terminal may send a second request to the second terminal.
  • the second terminal may receive the second request sent by the first terminal.
  • the second request may include at least one of the following:
  • the identification of the candidate beam can be the sequence number of the candidate beam, reference signal ID, TCI state, QCL, resource identification (such as the identification of the transmitted time domain, frequency domain or code domain), etc.
  • the beam switching time can be used to inform the second terminal when to start communicating using a new beam (ie, candidate beam).
  • the beam switching time may be an absolute time or a relative time, such as relative to the time when the first terminal sends the first request.
  • the measurement results of candidate beams may be, for example, the ranking of candidate beams, the identification or number of candidate beams with measurement values greater than a preset threshold, etc.
  • the second terminal may optionally include at least one of the following:
  • the way in which the second terminal receives the second request may correspond to the way in which the first terminal sends the second request.
  • the second terminal can receive the second request through the original communication beam.
  • the above-mentioned reception of the second request through beam scanning may be used to determine the transmission beam scenario of both the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the first terminal sends a second request to the second terminal through beam scanning to request the second terminal to switch its own transmission beam.
  • the second terminal can respond to the second request sent by the first terminal through beam scanning. Request measurement, determine candidate beams based on the measurement results, and then send a request to the first terminal based on the candidate beams to request the first terminal to switch its own transmission beam, thereby realizing switching of the transmission beams of both the first terminal and the second terminal. switching purpose.
  • the second terminal receives the second request sent by the first terminal through beam scanning, which may include any of the following:
  • M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the second terminal when it receives the second request through beam scanning, it may scan in multiple beam directions each time, that is, scan in multiple beam directions each time, or, It is also possible to scan M times in one beam direction and then switch to the next beam direction to scan M times, so as to perform cyclic scanning in multiple beam directions, or other scanning methods are also possible.
  • the second terminal receiving the PSFCH sent by the first terminal may include:
  • the ACK signal or NACK signal sent by the first terminal is received at a specific position of the PSFCH, and the ACK signal or NACK signal represents the second request.
  • the second terminal may send a reference signal for beam training to the first terminal.
  • the reference signal for beam training can be sent to the first terminal on the configured resource set and the resources agreed upon by both transmitting and receiving ends.
  • the second terminal when the second terminal sends the reference signal for beam training to the first terminal, the second terminal may periodically send the reference signal for beam training.
  • the transmission period of the reference signal is predefined by the protocol, or configured or preconfigured by the network side, or configured or indicated by the first terminal or the second terminal.
  • the reference signal may include a reference signal corresponding to the original communication beam, so that the first terminal can measure the original communication beam when performing beam training.
  • the reference signal may be CSI-RS or SSB, etc.
  • the second terminal periodically sends a reference signal for beam training or beam measurement, which may include at least one of the following:
  • the filling TB is sent to the first terminal, and the filling TB carries the reference signal
  • the reference signal is sent when the first signal is not received within time Z.
  • the first signal is predefined by the protocol, or configured or preconfigured by the network side, or configured or preconfigured by the first terminal or the second terminal.
  • BFI can characterize poor beam quality or abnormal communication within a period of time due to obstacles and other reasons.
  • the above values of Y and Z may be predefined by the protocol, configured or preconfigured by the network side, or configured or preconfigured by the first terminal or the second terminal.
  • the second terminal when the second terminal periodically sends a reference signal for beam training, the second terminal may also include:
  • Beam training is performed once every transmission cycle of the reference signal.
  • the beam range of the beam training is determined according to the number of BFIs.
  • the beam range of beam training is determined according to the number of BFIs. Specifically, it can be:
  • the spatial correlation between the beam training beam and the original communication beam is greater than the first preset value, that is, if the communication quality of the original communication beam is better, the original communication beam may fail.
  • the new beam can be determined with the original communication beam as the center, and there is no need to introduce too many highly different beams for beam training;
  • the spatial correlation between the beam training beam and the original communication beam is less than the second preset value, that is, if the communication quality of the original communication beam is poor, the original communication beam may fail. In this case, new beams need to be determined through beam training, and some beams that are very different from the original beams need to be introduced for beam training.
  • S804 The second terminal switches the transmission beam to the candidate beam.
  • the second terminal may switch the transmitting beam to the candidate beam indicated by the second request. For example, if the beam switching time is indicated in the second request, the second terminal may switch the transmitting beam to the candidate beam indicated by the second request before or before the beam switching time indicated in the second request.
  • the second terminal may also include:
  • a reference signal is sent to the first terminal through the candidate beam, and the reference signal is used by the first terminal to determine a receiving beam corresponding to the candidate beam.
  • the first terminal may measure the reference signal and determine the receiving beam corresponding to the candidate beam according to the measurement result. In this way, the first terminal can communicate with the second terminal through the receiving beam corresponding to the candidate beam, successfully restore the beam or link, and ensure the reliability and continuity of communication.
  • the first terminal determines candidate beams based on the beam training results, and requests the second terminal to perform beam switching based on the candidate beams.
  • the terminal can successfully recover the beam or link based on the beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method in the case of beam failure or link failure, ensuring communication. reliability and continuity.
  • this embodiment of the present application provides a beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method 900.
  • the method can be executed by the second terminal.
  • the method can be executed by software or hardware installed on the second terminal.
  • the beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method includes the following steps.
  • the second terminal When the second terminal determines that the beam fails or the link fails, the second terminal sends indication information to the first terminal.
  • the indication information is used to instruct the first terminal to perform beam measurement or beam training, or the indication information is used to indicate a new beam.
  • the second terminal can determine whether the beam fails or the link fails.
  • the second terminal may send indication information to the first terminal.
  • the indication information is used to instruct the first terminal to perform beam measurement or beam training, or to instruct a new beam.
  • the second terminal sends indication information to the first terminal, which may include at least one of the following:
  • Instruction information is sent through beam scanning.
  • the indication information is also used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the second terminal may also include any of the following:
  • the candidate beam is determined by the first terminal according to the beam measurement result or beam training result after performing beam measurement or beam training according to the instruction information;
  • the first terminal may perform beam measurement or beam training based on the indication information, and determine candidate beams based on the beam measurement results or beam training results.
  • the specific implementation method for the first terminal to perform beam measurement or beam training, and the specific implementation method for determining candidate beams based on the beam measurement results or beam training results can refer to the corresponding content in the embodiment shown in Figure 3 or Figure 4 above.
  • the first terminal may report the candidate beam to the second terminal.
  • the first terminal may report the candidate beam to the second terminal by sending a first request or a second request to the second terminal.
  • the first request and the second request please refer to the corresponding content in the embodiment shown in Figure 3 or Figure 4.
  • the first terminal can also send these results to the second terminal, and the second terminal determines the candidate beams based on these results.
  • the second terminal After receiving the candidate beam, the second terminal can confirm whether to perform beam switching. For specific implementation methods, please refer to the corresponding content in the embodiment shown in Figure 3 or Figure 4, and the description will not be repeated here. In addition, after receiving the beam measurement results or beam training results, the second terminal can determine candidate beams based on these results, and perform beam switching based on the candidate beams to achieve beam failure recovery or link failure recovery. The specific implementation method is also Please refer to the corresponding content in the embodiment shown in Figure 3 or Figure 4, and the description will not be repeated here.
  • the second terminal determines that the beam fails or the link fails, it also includes at least one of the following:
  • Trigger beam training for example, beam training can be performed once per cycle
  • the second terminal may determine a new beam, and then indicate the new beam to the first terminal through indication information. After receiving the indication information, the first terminal may perform beam switching based on the indicated beam.
  • the first terminal may perform beam switching based on the indicated beam.
  • the second terminal when the first terminal and the second terminal are transmitting, the second terminal detects that the beam fails.
  • the first terminal In the case of link failure, the first terminal is instructed to perform beam measurement or beam training, and a new beam is instructed to the first terminal.
  • the terminal can successfully recover the beam or link based on the beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method in the case of beam failure or link failure, ensuring communication. reliability and continuity.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal performs beam failure recovery or link failure recovery, it can be implemented based on at least one embodiment shown in Figures 2 to 5. For example, when the first terminal performs beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on the embodiment shown in Figure 2, if the second terminal refuses to perform beam switching, the first terminal can continue based on the implementation shown in Figure 3 or Figure 4 Examples include beam failure recovery or link failure recovery. For another example, when performing beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on the embodiment shown in Figure 5, the first terminal receives indication information from the second terminal, and the indication information is used to instruct the first terminal to perform beam measurement or link failure recovery.
  • the first terminal may perform beam measurement or beam training based on the embodiment shown in Figure 3 or Figure 4, and then perform beam failure recovery or link failure recovery.
  • the second terminal when the second terminal performs beam failure recovery or link failure recovery, it can also be implemented based on at least one embodiment shown in Figures 6 to 9.
  • Embodiment 1 The terminal performs beam failure recovery or link failure recovery through beam measurement.
  • the receiving end When the receiving end detects a beam failure, it can perform beam measurement and select one of the beams as a new beam based on the measurement results, or select multiple beams as candidate beams and the transmitting end selects one of the beams as a new beam for beaming. switch.
  • Information or measurement results of new beams or candidate beams can be sent to the transmitter through BFR request.
  • the BFR request can be sent using omnidirectional beam or beam scanning methods.
  • the BFR request can also be sent through the original communication beam.
  • the sending and receiving ends of the sidelink are performing beam failure detection on the opposite end's sending beam at the same time, then before receiving the BFR request from the other end, you can temporarily consider your own transmission
  • the beam is normal, so the request can be sent using the original communication beam.
  • the BFR request can also be sent through the beam corresponding to the selected new beam.
  • the sender After receiving the request, the sender can know that the current communication beam has failed and can determine the next action based on the BFR request information. Taking the candidate beam containing one beam as an example for explanation, the specific implementation can be divided into the following two implementation methods.
  • the first implementation method can be seen in Figure 10, which may include the following steps:
  • Step 0 The receiving end sends a BFR request to the transmitting end, and the BFR request carries a candidate beam.
  • the receiving end When the receiving end detects beam failure or link failure, or when a preset time period is reached, the receiving end can send a BFR request to the transmitting end.
  • the BFR request carries a candidate beam, and the candidate beam can be based on the
  • the existing or latest second information (see the second information in the above-mentioned embodiment of Figure 2 or Figure 5) can be determined, or can be obtained through beam measurement or beam training.
  • Step 1 The sender sends a BFR Response to the receiver, and the BFR Response contains confirmation information.
  • the sending end When the sending end confirms that beam switching is performed, it can send a BFR Response to the receiving end, and the BFR Response contains confirmation information. Among them, the information in the BFR Response can carry the time of beam switching, which facilitates synchronization between the sending and receiving ends.
  • Step 2 The receiving end performs beam measurement and determines a suitable receiving beam based on the measurement results.
  • Step 3 The receiving end switches the receiving beam to the receiving beam corresponding to the candidate beam.
  • the second implementation method can be seen in Figure 11, which may include the following steps:
  • Step 0 The receiving end sends a BFR request to the transmitting end, and the BFR request carries a candidate beam.
  • Step 1 The sender sends a BFR Response to the receiver, and the BFR Response contains rejection information.
  • the sending end When the sending end refuses to perform beam switching, it can send a BFR Response to the receiving end, and the BFR Response contains rejection information.
  • Step 0 and step 1 are the same as step 0 and step 1 shown in Figure 10 above.
  • Step 2 The receiving end sends a BFR request to the transmitting end.
  • the BFR request contains information used to trigger the transmitting end to perform beam scanning.
  • the receiving end After receiving the BFR Response containing rejection information, the receiving end can know that the sending end has refused to perform beam switching. At this time, the receiving end can send a BFR request to the sending end.
  • This BFR request is the same request information as the BFR request in step 0. , but the content included is different.
  • the BFR request in this step contains information used to trigger the transmitter to perform beam scanning.
  • Step 3 The transmitter performs beam scanning to assist the receiver in re-determining candidate beams.
  • Step 4 The receiving end performs beam measurement and determines candidate beams based on the measurement results.
  • Step 5 The receiving end sends the BFR request to the transmitting end again, and the BFR request carries the candidate beam.
  • Step 6 The sender sends a BFR Response to the receiver.
  • the sending end When the sending end confirms that beam switching is performed, it can send a BFR Response to the receiving end, and the BFR Response contains confirmation information.
  • the sender refuses to perform beam switching, it can send a BFR Response to the receiver.
  • the BFR Response contains rejection information, and then steps 3 to 6 can be repeated until the beam or link is successfully restored.
  • Step 7 The receiving end performs beam measurement and determines a suitable receiving beam based on the measurement results.
  • Embodiment 2 The terminal quickly performs beam failure recovery or link failure recovery
  • the beam failure recovery process requires a lot of actions on both the sending and receiving ends, and may take a long time. Therefore, some fast BFR processes need to be considered to shorten the entire BFR process and save time.
  • the receiving end may perform beam measurements multiple times throughout the communication process. Therefore, when the receiving end caches some measurement results, it can first use the existing measurement results to determine candidate beams, or select the candidate beams configured by both transceivers and send a BFR request. If the sender determines that the candidate beam can be used (for example, the measurement value is higher than the threshold value), it can reply to the BFR response. After the receiving end receives the BFR response, it can switch to acceptance of the candidate beam, thereby quickly restoring the communication beam. If the sending end replies with information such as rejection, the normal beam failure recovery process is triggered.
  • the receiving end when the receiving end sends a BFR request, it can directly switch to receiving the candidate beam without waiting for the BFR response. If the receiving end has not received data or agreed signals, the normal beam failure recovery process will be triggered. For the transmitter, after receiving the BFR request information, it can directly switch to the candidate beam. If the sender determines that it cannot communicate using the candidate beam indicated by the receiver, it can send a rejection message, or send a message to trigger the normal beam failure recovery process.
  • Embodiment 3 Determine the bidirectional transmitting beams at the sending and receiving ends
  • Beam failure is usually detected when the terminal serves as the receiving end, so the beam failure recovery process is initiated. This beam failure recovery process may only determine a new transmission beam, but at this time the terminal serving as the receiving end may also serve as the transmitting end. Since obstacles, etc. generally affect the two-way beams at the same time, if the original transmitting beam is still used at this time, the reliability of the communication may not be guaranteed.
  • One method is that the terminal relies on initiating BFR to only determine the transmit beam of the opposite end, and relies on the opposite end to determine its own transmit beam. If it also fails to detect the beam, it will also initiate BFR to determine the appropriate transmit beam. That is, independent of each other.
  • Another method is that when either end of the communication detects beam failure and initiates BFR, it uses the BFR process to simultaneously determine the transmitting beams of both parties. For example, when the receiving end sends a BFR request using a beam scanning mechanism, then when the transmitting end accepts the BFR request, it measures these beams at the same time to determine an optimal transmitting beam for the receiving end. Therefore, the BFR response can also carry the receiving end sending beam information determined by the sending end, which is used to notify the receiving end to use this beam when sending information to communicate with the sending end. In this way, the determination of the bidirectional transmission beam is completed. This process requires the receiving end to perform beam scanning more than once when sending the BFR request.
  • multiple beam scans can be performed until the BFR response information is received.
  • the receiving end can repeatedly send BFR request information multiple times in one beam direction, and then switch to the next direction every preset time.
  • the sending end measures the BFR request information, After selecting a suitable candidate beam based on the measurement value, the BFR response is sent. At this time, the receiving end can determine a new transmit beam based on the time or information carried by the BFR response.
  • Embodiment 4 The transmitter performs beam failure recovery or link failure recovery
  • the transmitter can also determine whether the beam has failed by measuring the reference signal sent by the receiver, and then perform BFR.
  • the transmitting beam needs to be determined by the receiving end, or based on the measurement results of the receiving end, when the transmitting end detects BF, it needs to send the first instruction information to instruct the receiving end to perform processes such as beam measurement or beam training.
  • the transmitting end After receiving the first indication information, either a complete beam training process is performed to determine a new communication beam, or the reference signal sent by the transmitting end is measured and reported to the transmitting end, thereby determining a new communication beam.
  • Embodiment 5 Transmission of reference signals for beam training/beam measurement
  • the receiving end When the terminal fails to detect a beam, the receiving end needs to measure the reference signal to select candidate beams and other actions. This requires the transmitting end to send beam training, beam measurement or related reference signals of candidate beams for the receiving end to perform measurements and other actions.
  • the dynamic transmission of the reference signal that is, when the sending end receives the BFR request, it triggers the transmission of the reference signal.
  • the reference signal is sent periodically. In this case, after the receiving end detects a beam failure, it can directly measure these periodically sent reference signals, so that it can directly report candidate beams in the BFR request.
  • periodically sending reference signals for beam training can also enable a mechanism for periodic beam training, which can reduce the probability of beam failure or even link failure.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal and the second terminal are transmitting, the first terminal can determine the candidate beam according to the second information and indicate the candidate beam to the second terminal through the first information, or the first terminal can determine the candidate beam according to the beam.
  • the measurement results determine candidate beams and request the second terminal to perform beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on the candidate beams, or the first terminal determines the candidate beams based on the beam training results and request the second terminal to perform beam switching based on the candidate beams, or the second terminal determines the candidate beams based on the beam training results.
  • the terminal detects a beam failure or a link failure, it instructs the first terminal to perform beam measurement or beam training, or indicates a new beam to the first terminal. In this way, by defining how to perform beam failure recovery or link failure recovery, the terminal can successfully recover the beam or link based on the beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method in the case of beam failure or link failure, ensuring communication. reliability and continuity.
  • the execution subject may be a beam failure recovery or link failure recovery device.
  • the beam failure recovery or link failure recovery device performs the beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method as an example to illustrate the beam failure recovery or link failure recovery provided by the embodiments of the present application. device.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a beam failure recovery or link failure recovery device according to an embodiment of the present application. This device may correspond to the first terminal in other embodiments. As shown in Figure 12, the device 1200 includes the following modules.
  • the determining module 1201 is configured to determine candidate beams based on the second information;
  • the sending module 1202 is configured to send first information to the second terminal, where the first information is beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on the candidate beam. information;
  • the training module 1204 is used to perform beam training; the determination module 1201 is used to determine candidate beams according to the training results; the sending module 1202 is used to send a second request to the second terminal, the second request is Requesting beam switching based on the candidate beam;
  • Receiving module 1205, configured to receive indication information.
  • the indication information is sent by the second terminal when it is determined that the beam fails or the link fails.
  • the indication information is used to instruct the first terminal to perform beam measurement or beam failure. Training, or the indication information is used to indicate new beams.
  • the determination module 1201 is used to determine the candidate beam according to the second information, or the measurement module 1203 is used to perform beam measurement, or the training module 1204 is used to Perform beam training;
  • the determination module 1201 is used to determine candidate beams according to the second information every preset time period, or the measurement module 1203 is used to perform beam measurement every preset time period, or the training module 1204 is used to Beam training is performed every preset time period.
  • the preset time period satisfies at least one of the following:
  • the length of the preset time period is related to the width of the beam
  • the length of the preset time period is related to the type of beam training
  • the length of the preset time period is related to channel occupancy or channel busy rate
  • the length of the preset time period is predefined by a protocol, configured or preconfigured by the network side, or configured by the first terminal or the second terminal.
  • the second information includes at least one of the following:
  • the latest determined or negotiated beam information between the first terminal and the second terminal is the latest determined or negotiated beam information between the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the determination module 1201 is used for at least one of the following:
  • the beam newly determined or negotiated by the first terminal and the second terminal is determined as a candidate beam.
  • the sending module 1202 is used to:
  • the first information is sent on a first resource, where the first resource is predefined by a protocol, configured or preconfigured by the network side, or selected or configured by the first terminal or the second terminal.
  • the first resource satisfies at least one of the following:
  • the first resource is time division multiplexing TDM, or frequency division multiplexing FDM, or code division multiplexing CDM;
  • the first resource is notified to the second terminal through terminal collaboration information.
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first information is a beam failure recovery request or a link failure recovery request.
  • any of the following is also included:
  • the beam switching module 1206 is configured to switch the receiving beam to the receiving beam corresponding to the candidate beam at or before the beam switching time;
  • the receiving module 1205 is used to receive the first response from the second terminal
  • the beam switching module 1206 is configured to switch the receiving beam to the receiving beam corresponding to the candidate beam when receiving the first response from the second terminal;
  • the beam switching module 1206 is configured to switch the receiving beam to the receiving beam corresponding to the candidate beam when the first response from the second terminal is received and the first response contains confirmation information. , the confirmation information is used to confirm switching the original communication beam to the candidate beam;
  • the measurement module 1203 or the training module 1204 is configured to perform beam measurement or beam training when the first response from the second terminal is received and the first response contains rejection information.
  • the rejection information is used to refuse to switch the original communication beam to the candidate beam.
  • the measurement module 1203 or the training module 1204 is also used to:
  • the measurement module 1203 is used for at least one of the following:
  • Perform beam measurement on the first beam which is configured or preconfigured by the network side, or configured or preconfigured by the first terminal, or configured or preconfigured by the second terminal;
  • the first request or the second request includes at least one of the following:
  • the sending module 1202 is used for at least one of the following:
  • the first request or the second request is carried on the physical side link feedback channel PSFCH and sent to the second terminal;
  • the first request or the second request is carried on the physical side link shared channel PSSCH and/or the physical side link control channel PSCCH and sent to the second terminal.
  • the sending module 1202 is used for any of the following:
  • the sending module 1202 is used to:
  • An acknowledgment ACK signal or a negative acknowledgment NACK signal is sent to the second terminal at a specific position of the PSFCH, and the ACK signal or the NACK signal represents the first request or the second request.
  • the receiving module 1205 is also used for at least one of the following:
  • the receiving module 1205 is used for at least one of the following:
  • the first response is received through a second beam
  • the second beam is the beam corresponding to the beam used by the second terminal to receive the first information or the first request, and the measurement of the second beam
  • the value is greater than the preset threshold
  • the receiving module 1205 is used to:
  • a NACK signal or an ACK signal sent by the second terminal at a specific position of the PSFCH is received, and the NACK signal or the ACK signal represents the first response.
  • the first response includes at least one of the following:
  • Confirmation information the confirmation information is used to confirm switching the original communication beam to the candidate beam
  • the rejection information is used to refuse to switch the original transmission beam to the candidate beam
  • Beam information of a target beam which is a beam selected by the second terminal from the candidate beams
  • Beam information of the transmission beam of the first terminal which is determined by the second terminal after beam measurement
  • it also includes at least one of the following:
  • the determination module 1201 is used to determine the receiving beam corresponding to the new communication beam
  • the beam switching module 1206 is used to switch to a new receiving beam
  • the beam switching module 1206 is used to switch to a new transmit beam
  • the measurement module 1203 or the training module 1204 is used to perform beam measurement or beam training again.
  • the sending module 1202 is also used for at least one of the following:
  • the sending power of the first request satisfies at least one of the following:
  • the transmission power when the first request is sent again is increased by T dbm.
  • the receiving module 1205 is also used to:
  • the reference signal is sent periodically by the second terminal.
  • the transmission period of the reference signal is predefined by a protocol, or configured or preconfigured by the network side, or configured or indicated by the first terminal or the second terminal.
  • it also includes:
  • the receiving module 1205 is configured to receive the reference signal sent by the second terminal through the candidate beam
  • the determination module 1201 is configured to determine the receiving beam corresponding to the candidate beam according to the measurement result of the reference signal.
  • the indication information is also used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the receiving module 1205 is used for at least one of the following:
  • the indication information is received through beam scanning.
  • any of the following is also included:
  • the measurement module 1203 or the training module 1204 is used to perform beam measurement or beam training according to the instruction information; the determination module 1201 is used to determine candidate beams according to the beam measurement results or beam training results; the sending module 1202, used to report the candidate beam to the second terminal;
  • the sending module 1202 is configured to send the beam measurement result or the beam training result to the second terminal, and the beam measurement result or the beam training result is used by the second terminal to determine a new transmission beam.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a beam failure recovery or link failure recovery device according to an embodiment of the present application. This device may correspond to the second terminal in other embodiments. As shown in Figure 13, the device 1300 includes the following modules.
  • Receiving module 1301 configured to receive first information, which is sent by the first terminal after determining a candidate beam based on the second information, where the first information is beam failure recovery or link based on the candidate beam. Failure recovery information;
  • the receiving module 1301 is configured to receive a first request sent by the first terminal, where the first request is used to request beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on candidate beams, the candidate beams being provided by the first
  • the terminal performs beam measurement and determines based on the measurement results;
  • the receiving module 1301 is configured to receive a second request sent by the first terminal.
  • the second request is used to request beam switching based on a candidate beam.
  • the candidate beam is used by the first terminal according to the reference signal. Determined based on the training results after beam training; the beam switching module 1302 is used to switch the transmitting beam to the candidate beam;
  • the sending module 1303 is configured to send indication information to the first terminal when it is determined that the beam fails or the link fails.
  • the indication information is used to instruct the first terminal to perform beam measurement or beam training, or the Indication information is used to indicate new beams.
  • the second information includes at least one of the following:
  • the latest determined or negotiated beam information between the first terminal and the second terminal is the latest determined or negotiated beam information between the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the receiving module 1301 is used to:
  • the first information is received on a first resource, where the first resource is predefined by a protocol, configured or preconfigured by the network side, or selected or configured by the first terminal or the second terminal.
  • the first resource satisfies at least one of the following:
  • the first resource is time division multiplexing TDM, or frequency division multiplexing FDM, or code division multiplexing CDM;
  • the first resource is notified to the second terminal through terminal collaboration information.
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first information is a beam failure recovery request or a link failure recovery request.
  • any of the following is also included:
  • the beam switching module 1302 is configured to switch the transmitting beam to the candidate beam at or before the beam switching time;
  • the sending module 1303 is configured to send a first response to the first terminal, where the first response includes confirmation information, and the confirmation information is used to confirm that the original communication beam is switched to the candidate beam;
  • the sending module 1303 is configured to send the first response to the first terminal, where the first response includes rejection information, and the rejection information is used to refuse to switch the original communication beam to the candidate beam.
  • it also includes at least one of the following:
  • the sending module 1303 is used to periodically send reference signals for beam measurement, where the reference signals correspond to multiple beams;
  • the receiving module 1301 is configured to receive a third request sent by the first terminal before performing beam measurement, and the third request is used to request the second
  • the terminal sends the reference signal
  • the sending module 1303 is configured to send the reference signal to the first terminal.
  • the sending module 1303 is also used to:
  • a reference signal for beam training is sent to the first terminal.
  • the sending module 1303 is used to:
  • the second terminal periodically sends a reference signal for beam training.
  • the transmission period of the reference signal is predefined by a protocol, or configured or preconfigured by the network side, or configured or indicated by the first terminal or the second terminal.
  • the reference signal includes a reference signal corresponding to the original communication beam.
  • the sending module 1303 is used for at least one of the following:
  • the reference signal is sent if the first signal is not received within time Z, and the first signal is predefined by the protocol, or configured or preconfigured by the network side, or by the first terminal or the second Terminal configuration or preconfiguration.
  • it also includes:
  • the training module 1304 is configured to perform beam training once in each transmission cycle of the reference signal.
  • the beam range of the beam training is determined according to the number of beam failure cases BFI.
  • the beam range of the beam training is determined according to the number of beam failure cases BFI, including:
  • the spatial correlation between the beams trained by the beams and the original communication beams is greater than the first preset value
  • the spatial correlation between the beams trained by the beams and the original communication beams is less than the second preset value.
  • the first request or the second request includes at least one of the following:
  • the receiving module 1301 is used for at least one of the following:
  • the receiving module 1301 is also used for any of the following:
  • the receiving module 1301 is used to:
  • the ACK signal or NACK signal sent by the first terminal is received at a specific position of the PSFCH, and the ACK signal or the NACK signal represents the first request or the second request.
  • it also includes at least one of the following:
  • Determining module 1305, configured to select a target beam as a new transmission beam from the plurality of candidate beams indicated by the first request;
  • the beam switching module 1302 is configured to switch a transmission beam to the selected target beam or a candidate beam indicated by the first request;
  • Beam scanning module 1306, configured to perform beam scanning when switching the transmission beam to the candidate beam indicated by the first request is refused;
  • the sending module 1303 is used to send a first response to the first terminal
  • the measurement module 1307 is used to perform beam measurement; the determination module 1305 is used to determine the transmission beam of the first terminal according to the measurement results;
  • the detection module 1308 is used to stop detecting whether the beam fails or whether the link fails;
  • the sending module 1303 is configured to stop sending beam failure recovery requests or link failure recovery requests.
  • the sending module 1303 is also used for at least one of the following:
  • the second beam is a beam corresponding to the beam used by the second terminal when receiving the first request, and the measurement value of the second beam is greater than a preset threshold;
  • the sending module 1303 is also used to:
  • a NACK signal or an ACK signal is sent to the first terminal at a specific position of the PSFCH, and the NACK signal or the ACK signal represents the first response.
  • the sending power of the first response satisfies at least one of the following:
  • the first response is sent without a power control mechanism based on side link path loss.
  • the first response includes at least one of the following:
  • Confirmation information the confirmation information is used to confirm switching the original communication beam to the candidate beam
  • the rejection information is used to refuse to switch the original transmission beam to the candidate beam
  • Beam information of a target beam which is a beam selected by the second terminal from the candidate beams
  • Beam information of the transmission beam of the first terminal which is determined after beam measurement by the second terminal.
  • the sending module 1303 is also used to:
  • a reference signal is sent to the first terminal through the candidate beam, and the reference signal is used by the first terminal to determine a receiving beam corresponding to the candidate beam.
  • At least one of the following is also included:
  • the training module 1304 is also used to trigger beam training
  • the beam scanning module 1306 is also used to trigger beam scanning of the reference signal.
  • the indication information is also used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the sending module 1303 is also used for at least one of the following:
  • the indication information is sent by means of beam scanning.
  • any of the following is also included:
  • the receiving module 1301 is configured to receive candidate beams reported by the first terminal. After the first terminal performs beam measurement or beam training based on the instruction information, the candidate beam is determined based on the beam measurement results or beam training results. Sure;
  • the receiving module 1301 is used to receive the beam measurement result or the beam training result sent by the first terminal; the determination module 1305 is used to determine a new transmission based on the beam measurement result or the beam training result. beam.
  • the device 1300 can refer to the processes corresponding to the methods 600 to 900 of the embodiment of the present application, and each unit/module in the device 1300 and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are to implement the methods 600 to 900 respectively.
  • the corresponding process can achieve the same or equivalent technical effect. For the sake of simplicity, it will not be described again here.
  • the beam failure recovery or link failure recovery device in the embodiment of the present application may be an electronic device, such as a device with an operation
  • the electronic equipment of the system can also be components in the electronic equipment, such as integrated circuits or chips.
  • the electronic device may be a terminal or other devices other than the terminal.
  • terminals may include but are not limited to the types of terminals 11 listed above, and other devices may be servers, network attached storage (Network Attached Storage, NAS), etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of this application.
  • the beam failure recovery or link failure recovery device provided by the embodiments of this application can implement each process implemented by the method embodiments in Figures 2 to 9 and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid duplication, the details will not be described here.
  • this embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 1400, which includes a processor 1401 and a memory 1402.
  • the memory 1402 stores programs or instructions that can be run on the processor 1401, such as , when the communication device 1400 is a terminal, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 1401, each step of the above-mentioned beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method embodiment can be achieved, and the same technical effect can be achieved. In order to avoid duplication, it is not included here. Again.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a terminal, including a processor and a communication interface.
  • the processor is used to determine candidate beams according to the second information; the communication interface is used to send the first information to the second terminal.
  • the first information Information for beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on the candidate beam; and/or, the processor is used to perform beam measurement; determine the candidate beam according to the measurement result; the communication interface is used to send the signal to the second terminal Send a first request, the first request is used to request beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on the candidate beam; and/or, the processor is used to perform beam training; determine the candidate beam according to the training result;
  • the communication interface is used to send a second request to the second terminal, the second request is used to request beam switching based on the candidate beam; and/or the communication interface is used to receive indication information, the indication information Sent by the second terminal when it is determined that the beam fails or the link fails, the indication information is used to instruct the first terminal to perform beam measurement or beam training, or the indication information is used
  • the communication interface is used to receive a first request sent by the first terminal, the first request is used to request beam failure recovery or link failure based on candidate beams Recovery: the candidate beam is determined based on the measurement results after the first terminal performs beam measurement; and/or the communication interface is used to receive a second request sent by the first terminal, and the second request is used to Requesting beam switching based on candidate beams, the candidate beams being determined by the first terminal according to the training results after beam training based on the reference signal; the processor, configured to switch the transmitting beam to the candidate beams; and /Or, the communication interface is used to send indication information to the first terminal when it is determined that the beam fails or the link fails, and the indication information is used to instruct the first terminal to perform beam measurement or beam training, Or the indication information is used to indicate a new beam.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a terminal that implements an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal 1500 includes but is not limited to: a radio frequency unit 1501, a network module 1502, an audio output unit 1503, an input unit 1504, a sensor 1505, a display unit 1506, a user input unit 1507, an interface unit 1508, a memory 1509, a processor 1510, etc. At least some parts.
  • the terminal 1500 may also include a power supply (such as a battery) that supplies power to various components.
  • the power supply may be logically connected to the processor 1510 through a power management system, thereby managing charging, discharging, and power consumption through the power management system. Management and other functions.
  • the terminal structure shown in FIG. 15 does not constitute a limitation on the terminal.
  • the terminal may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or some components may be combined or arranged differently, which will not be described again here.
  • the input unit 1504 may include a graphics processing unit (Graphics Processing Unit, GPU) 15041 and a microphone 15042.
  • the GPU 15041 is used for recording data generated by an image capture device (such as a camera) in the video capture mode or the image capture mode. ) to process the image data of still pictures or videos obtained.
  • the display unit 1506 may include a display panel 15061, which may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display, an organic light emitting diode, or the like.
  • the user input unit 1507 includes a touch panel 15071 and at least one of other input devices 15072 .
  • Touch panel 15071 also known as touch screen.
  • the touch panel 15071 may include two parts: a touch detection device and a touch controller.
  • Other input devices 15072 may include but are not limited to physical keyboards, function keys (such as volume control keys, switch keys, etc.), trackballs, mice, and joysticks, which will not be described again here.
  • the radio frequency unit 1501 can transmit it to the processor 1510 for processing; in addition, the radio frequency unit 1501 can send uplink data to the network side device.
  • the radio frequency unit 1501 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, amplifier, transceiver, coupler, low noise amplifier, duplexer, etc.
  • Memory 1509 may be used to store software programs or instructions as well as various data.
  • the memory 1509 may mainly include a first storage area for storing programs or instructions and a second storage area for storing data, wherein the first storage area may store an operating system, an application program or instructions required for at least one function (such as a sound playback function, Image playback function, etc.) etc.
  • memory 1509 may include volatile memory or nonvolatile memory, or memory 1509 may include both volatile and nonvolatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory can be random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), static random access memory (Static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (Dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (Synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory memory (Double Data Rate SDRAM, DDRSDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (Synch link DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DRRAM).
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory memory
  • Double Data Rate SDRAM DDRSDRAM
  • Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Synch link DRAM, SLDRAM synchronous link dynamic random access memory
  • Direct Rambus RAM Direct Rambus RAM
  • the processor 1510 may include one or more processing units; optionally, the processor 1510 integrates an application processor and a modem processor, where the application processor mainly handles operations related to the operating system, user interface, application programs, etc., Modem processors mainly process wireless communication signals, such as baseband processors. It can be understood that the above modem processor may not be integrated into the processor 1510.
  • the processor 1510 is used to determine the candidate beam according to the second information; the radio frequency unit 1501 is used to send the first information to the second terminal, the first information is beam failure recovery or link failure based on the candidate beam.
  • the recovered information; and/or, the processor 1510 is used to perform beam measurement; determine the candidate beam according to the measurement results; the radio frequency unit 1501 is used to send a first request to the second terminal, the first request is used to request Perform beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on the candidate beam; and/or, the processor 1510 is used to perform beam training; determine the candidate beam according to the training results; the radio frequency unit 1501 is used to send the second terminal to the second terminal.
  • the radio frequency unit 1501 is used to receive indication information, the indication information is used by the second terminal when determining that the beam fails or the chain Sent when the path fails, the indication information is used to instruct the first terminal to perform beam measurement or beam training, or the indication information is used to indicate a new beam; and/or the radio frequency unit 1501 is used to receive the third Information, the first information is sent by the first terminal after determining a candidate beam based on the second information, the first information is information for beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on the candidate beam; and/or , radio frequency unit 1501, configured to receive a first request sent by the first terminal, the first request is used to request beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on candidate beams, the candidate beams are sent by the first terminal Determine based on the measurement results after performing beam measurement; and/or, the radio frequency unit 1501 is configured to receive a second request sent by the first terminal, the second request is used to request beam switching based on the
  • the first terminal when the first terminal and the second terminal are transmitting, the first terminal can determine the candidate beam according to the second information and indicate the candidate beam to the second terminal through the first information, or the first terminal can determine the candidate beam according to the beam.
  • the measurement results determine candidate beams and request the second terminal to perform beam failure recovery or link failure recovery based on the candidate beams, or the first terminal determines the candidate beams based on the beam training results and request the second terminal to perform beam switching based on the candidate beams, or the second terminal determines the candidate beams based on the beam training results.
  • the terminal detects a beam failure or a link failure, it instructs the first terminal to perform beam measurement or beam training, or indicates a new beam to the first terminal. In this way, by defining how to perform beam failure recovery or link failure recovery, the terminal can successfully recover the beam or link based on the beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method in the case of beam failure or link failure, ensuring communication. reliability and continuity.
  • the terminal 1500 provided by the embodiment of the present application can also implement each process of the above-mentioned beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect. To avoid duplication, details will not be described here.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a readable storage medium, with a program or instructions stored on the readable storage medium.
  • a program or instructions stored on the readable storage medium.
  • each of the above beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method embodiments is implemented.
  • the process can achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, it will not be described again here.
  • the processor is the processor in the terminal described in the above embodiment.
  • the readable storage medium includes computer readable storage media, such as computer read-only memory ROM, random access memory RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk, etc.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a chip.
  • the chip includes a processor and a communication interface.
  • the communication interface is coupled to the processor.
  • the processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the above-mentioned beam failure recovery or link.
  • Each process of the failure recovery method embodiment can achieve the same technical effect. To avoid duplication, it will not be described again here.
  • chips mentioned in the embodiments of this application may also be called system-on-chip, system-on-a-chip, system-on-chip or system-on-chip, etc.
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program/program product.
  • the computer program/program product is stored in a storage medium.
  • the computer program/program product is executed by at least one processor to implement the above-mentioned beam failure recovery or chaining.
  • Each process of the road failure recovery method embodiment can achieve the same technical effect. To avoid duplication, it will not be described again here.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a beam failure recovery or link failure recovery system, including: a first terminal and a second terminal.
  • the first terminal can be used to perform beam failure recovery or link failure recovery as described in Figures 2 to 5 above.
  • the steps of the link failure recovery method, the second terminal may be used to perform the steps of the beam failure recovery or link failure recovery method as described in Figures 6 to 9 above.
  • the methods of the above embodiments can be implemented by means of software plus the necessary general hardware platform. Of course, it can also be implemented by hardware, but in many cases the former is better. implementation.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a computer software product that is essentially or contributes to the existing technology.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium (such as ROM/RAM, disk , CD), including several instructions to cause a terminal (which can be a mobile phone, computer, server, air conditioner, or network device, etc.) to execute the methods described in various embodiments of this application.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请公开了一种波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法及终端，属于通信技术领域，该方法包括以下至少一项：第一终端根据第二信息确定候选波束；向第二终端发送第一信息，第一信息为基于候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的信息；第一终端进行波束测量；根据测量结果确定候选波束；向第二终端发送第一请求，第一请求用于请求基于候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复；第一终端进行波束训练；根据训练结果确定候选波束；向第二终端发送第二请求，第二请求用于请求基于候选波束进行波束切换；第一终端接收指示信息，指示信息由第二终端在确定波束失败或链路失败的情况下发送，指示信息用于指示第一终端进行波束测量或波束训练或新的波束。

Description

波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法及终端
交叉引用
本申请要求在2022年07月29日提交中国专利局、申请号为202210911132.4、名称为“波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法及终端”的中国专利申请的优先权，该申请的全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请属于通信技术领域，具体涉及一种波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法及终端。
背景技术
在旁链路(sidelink，SL，又可以称为副链路或侧链路)的场景下，终端在FR2频段(FR2 band)上进行传输时，可以采用波束进行传输，且为了获得较高的波束赋形增益，通常会采用覆盖角度小的波束进行传输。
然而，在实际的通信场景中，由于波束的覆盖角度小，因此波束很容易受障碍物阻挡，导致波束失败甚至链路失败，严重影响传输可靠性。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供一种波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法及终端，能够解决在sidelin的场景下，终端在采用覆盖角度小的波束进行传输时，波束容易受障碍物阻挡导致波束失败甚至链路失败，从而影响传输可靠性的问题。
第一方面，提供了一种波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法，该方法包括以下至少一项：第一终端根据第二信息确定候选波束；所述第一终端向第二终端发送第一信息，所述第一信息为基于所述候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的信息；所述第一终端进行波束测量；所述第一终端根据测量结果确定候选波束；所述第一终端向所述第二终端发送第一请求，所述第一请求用于请求基于所述候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复；所述第一终端进行波束训练；所述第一终端根据训练结果确定候选波束；所述第一终端向所述第二终端发送第二请求，所述第二请求用于请求基于所述候选波束进行波束切换；所述 第一终端接收指示信息，所述指示信息由所述第二终端在确定波束失败或链路失败的情况下发送，所述指示信息用于指示所述第一终端进行波束测量或波束训练，或所述指示信息用于指示新的波束。
第二方面，提供了一种波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复装置，该装置包括以下至少一项：确定模块，用于根据第二信息确定候选波束；发送模块，用于向第二终端发送第一信息，所述第一信息为基于所述候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的信息；测量模块，用于进行波束测量；所述确定模块，用于根据测量结果确定候选波束；所述发送模块，用于向所述第二终端发送第一请求，所述第一请求用于请求基于所述候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复；训练模块，用于进行波束训练；所述确定模块，用于根据训练结果确定候选波束；所述发送模块，用于向所述第二终端发送第二请求，所述第二请求用于请求基于所述候选波束进行波束切换；接收模块，用于接收指示信息，所述指示信息由所述第二终端在确定波束失败或链路失败的情况下发送，所述指示信息用于指示所述第一终端进行波束测量或波束训练，或所述指示信息用于指示新的波束。
第三方面，提供了一种波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法，该方法包括以下至少一项：第二终端接收第一信息，所述第一信息由所述第一终端根据第二信息确定候选波束后发送，所述第一信息为基于所述候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的信息；所述第二终端接收所述第一终端发送的第一请求，所述第一请求用于请求基于候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复，所述候选波束由所述第一终端进行波束测量后根据测量结果确定；所述第二终端接收所述第一终端发送的第二请求，所述第二请求用于请求基于候选波束进行波束切换，所述候选波束由所述第一终端根据所述参考信号进行波束训练后根据训练结果确定；所述第二终端将发送波束切换至所述候选波束；所述第二终端在确定波束失败或链路失败的情况下，向所述第一终端发送指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示所述第一终端进行波束测量或波束训练，或所述指示信息用于指示新的波束。
第四方面，提供了一种波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复装置，该装置包括以下至少一项：接收模块，用于接收第一信息，所述第一信息由所述第一终端根据第二信息确定候选波束后发送，所述第一信息为基于所述候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的信息；所述接收模块，用于接收所述第一终端发送的第一请求，所述第一请求用于请求基于候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复，所述候选波束由所述第一终端进行波束测量后根据测量结果确定；所述接收模块，用于接收所述第一终端发送的第二请求，所述第二请求用于请求基于候选波束进行波束切换，所述候选波束由所述第一终端根据所述参考信号进行波束训练后根据训练结果确定；波束切换模块，用于将发送波束切换至所述候选波束；发 送模块，用于在确定波束失败或链路失败的情况下，向所述第一终端发送指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示所述第一终端进行波束测量或波束训练，或所述指示信息用于指示新的波束。
第五方面，提供了一种终端，该终端包括处理器和存储器，所述存储器存储可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令，所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤，或者实现如第三方面所述的方法的步骤。
第六方面，提供了一种终端，包括处理器及通信接口，其中，所述处理器用于根据第二信息确定候选波束；所述通信接口用于向第二终端发送第一信息，所述第一信息为基于所述候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的信息；和/或，所述处理器用于进行波束测量；根据测量结果确定候选波束；所述通信接口用于向所述第二终端发送第一请求，所述第一请求用于请求基于所述候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复；和/或，所述处理器用于进行波束训练；根据训练结果确定候选波束；所述通信接口用于向所述第二终端发送第二请求，所述第二请求用于请求基于所述候选波束进行波束切换；和/或，所述通信接口用于接收指示信息，所述指示信息由所述第二终端在确定波束失败或链路失败的情况下发送，所述指示信息用于指示所述第一终端进行波束测量或波束训练，或所述指示信息用于指示新的波束；和/或，所述通信接口用于接收第一信息，所述第一信息由所述第一终端根据第二信息确定候选波束后发送，所述第一信息为基于所述候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的信息；和/或，所述通信接口用于接收所述第一终端发送的第一请求，所述第一请求用于请求基于候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复，所述候选波束由所述第一终端进行波束测量后根据测量结果确定；和/或，所述通信接口用于接收所述第一终端发送的第二请求，所述第二请求用于请求基于候选波束进行波束切换，所述候选波束由所述第一终端根据所述参考信号进行波束训练后根据训练结果确定；所述处理器，用于将发送波束切换至所述候选波束；和/或，所述通信接口用于在确定波束失败或链路失败的情况下，向所述第一终端发送指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示所述第一终端进行波束测量或波束训练，或所述指示信息用于指示新的波束。
第七方面，提供了一种波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复系统，包括：第一终端及第二终端，所述第一终端可用于执行如第一方面所述的波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法的步骤，所述第二终端可用于执行如第三方面所述的波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法的步骤。
第八方面，提供了一种可读存储介质，所述可读存储介质上存储程序或指令，所述程序或指令被处理器执行时实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤，或者实现如第三方面所述的 方法的步骤。
第九方面，提供了一种芯片，所述芯片包括处理器和通信接口，所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合，所述处理器用于运行程序或指令，实现如第一方面所述的方法，或实现如第三方面所述的方法。
第十方面，提供了一种计算机程序/程序产品，所述计算机程序/程序产品被存储在存储介质中，所述计算机程序/程序产品被至少一个处理器执行以实现如第一方面所述的波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法的步骤，或者实现如第三方面所述的波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法的步骤。
在本申请实施例中，第一终端和第二终端在进行传输时，第一终端可以根据第二信息确定候选波束并将候选波束通过第一信息指示给第二终端，或第一终端根据波束测量结果确定候选波束并请求第二终端基于候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复，或第一终端根据波束训练结果确定候选波束，并请求第二终端基于候选波束进行波束切换，或第二终端在检测到波束失败或链路失败的情况下，指示第一终端进行波束测量或波束训练，向第一终端或指示新的波束。这样，通过定义如何进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复，可以使得终端在波束失败或链路失败的情况下，可以基于波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的方法成功恢复波束或链路，保障通信的可靠性和连续性。
附图说明
图1是根据本申请实施例的无线通信系统的示意图；
图2是根据本申请实施例的波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法的示意性流程图；
图3是根据本申请实施例的波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法的示意性流程图；
图4是根据本申请实施例的波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法的示意性流程图；
图5是根据本申请实施例的波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法的示意性流程图；
图6是根据本申请实施例的波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法的示意性流程图；
图7是根据本申请实施例的波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法的示意性流程图；
图8是根据本申请实施例的波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法的示意性流程图；
图9是根据本申请实施例的波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法的示意性流程图；
图10是根据本申请实施例的波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法的示意性流程图；
图11是根据本申请实施例的波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法的示意性流程图；
图12是根据本申请实施例的波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复装置的结构示意图；
图13是根据本申请实施例的波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复装置的结构示意图；
图14是根据本申请实施例的通信设备的结构示意图；
图15是根据本申请实施例的终端的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图，对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚描述，显然，所描述的实施例是本申请一部分实施例，而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例，本领域普通技术人员所获得的所有其他实施例，都属于本申请保护的范围。
本申请的说明书和权利要求书中的术语“第一”、“第二”等是用于区别类似的对象，而不用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样使用的术语在适当情况下可以互换，以便本申请的实施例能够以除了在这里图示或描述的那些以外的顺序实施，且“第一”、“第二”所区别的对象通常为一类，并不限定对象的个数，例如第一对象可以是一个，也可以是多个。此外，说明书以及权利要求中“和/或”表示所连接对象的至少其中之一，字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。
值得指出的是，本申请实施例所描述的技术不限于长期演进型(Long Term Evolution，LTE)/LTE的演进(LTE-Advanced，LTE-A)系统，还可用于其他无线通信系统，诸如码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access，CDMA)、时分多址(Time Division Multiple Access，TDMA)、频分多址(Frequency Division Multiple Access，FDMA)、正交频分多址(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access，OFDMA)、单载波频分多址(Single-carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access，SC-FDMA)和其他系统。本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”常被可互换地使用，所描述的技术既可用于以上提及的系统和无线电技术，也可用于其他系统和无线电技术。以下描述出于示例目的描述了新空口(New Radio，NR)系统，并且在以下大部分描述中使用NR术语，但是这些技术也可应用于NR系统应用以外的应用，如第6代(6th Generation，6G)通信系统。
图1示出本申请实施例可应用的一种无线通信系统的框图。无线通信系统包括终端11和网络侧设备12。其中，终端11可以是手机、平板电脑(Tablet Personal Computer)、膝上型电脑(Laptop Computer)或称为笔记本电脑、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant，PDA)、掌上电脑、上网本、超级移动个人计算机(ultra-mobile personal computer，UMPC)、移动上网装置(Mobile Internet Device，MID)、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)/ 虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)设备、机器人、可穿戴式设备(Wearable Device)、车载设备(VUE)、行人终端(PUE)、智能家居(具有无线通信功能的家居设备，如冰箱、电视、洗衣机或者家具等)、游戏机、个人计算机(personal computer，PC)、柜员机或者自助机等终端侧设备，可穿戴式设备包括：智能手表、智能手环、智能耳机、智能眼镜、智能首饰(智能手镯、智能手链、智能戒指、智能项链、智能脚镯、智能脚链等)、智能腕带、智能服装等。需要说明的是，在本申请实施例并不限定终端11的具体类型。网络侧设备12可以包括接入网设备或核心网设备，其中，接入网设备也可以称为无线接入网设备、无线接入网(Radio Access Network,RAN)、无线接入网功能或无线接入网单元。接入网设备可以包括基站、WLAN接入点或WiFi节点等，基站可被称为节点B、演进节点B(evolved Node B，eNB)、接入点、基收发机站(Base Transceiver Station，BTS)、无线电基站、无线电收发机、基本服务集(Basic Service Set，BSS)、扩展服务集(Extended Service Set，ESS)、家用B节点、家用演进型B节点、发送接收点(Transmitting Receiving Point，TRP)或所述领域中其他某个合适的术语，只要达到相同的技术效果，所述基站不限于特定技术词汇，需要说明的是，在本申请实施例中仅以NR系统中的基站为例进行介绍，并不限定基站的具体类型。
需要说明的是，本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以用于进行波束失败恢复，也可以用于链路失败恢复。其中，波束失败恢复可以表征终端之间采用波束进行传输时，在波束失败或波束质量较差的情况下将原通信波束切换至通信质量较好的新的波束进行通信，链路失败恢复可以表征终端之间采用波束进行传输时，在链路失败或链路的通信质量更为恶化的情况下将原通信链路切换至链路质量较好的新的链路进行通信，或者，在某些场景下，波束失败恢复可以视为链路失败恢复，或链路失败恢复可以视为波束失败恢复。波束失败恢复是否可以等同于链路失败恢复可以根据实际的应用场景确定，这里不做具体限定。其中，波束失败可以是由于波束受到障碍物阻挡等原因导致的波束的信号强度较低的情况，链路失败可以是波束失败的情况下通信质量进一步恶化的情况。
下面结合附图，通过一些实施例及其应用场景对本申请实施例提供的波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法及终端进行详细地说明。
如图2所示，本申请实施例提供一种波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法200，该方法可以由第一终端执行，换言之，该方法可以由安装在第一终端的软件或硬件来执行，该波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法包括如下步骤。
S202：第一终端根据第二信息确定候选波束。
在sidelink的场景下，第一终端和第二终端在FR2 band上采用波束进行传输时，第一 终端可以根据第二信息确定候选波束。候选波束的个数可以是一个或多个，候选波束用于进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第一终端根据第二信息确定候选波束，可以包括以下至少一项：
第一终端在确定波束失败或链路失败的情况下，根据第二信息确定候选波束；
第一终端每隔预设时间段根据第二信息确定候选波束。
也就是说，第一终端根据第二信息确定候选波束的时机可以是在波束失败或链路失败的情况下确定候选波束，和/或，在每次达到预设时间段(life cycle)时确定候选波束。其中，针对每次达到预设时间段时确定候选波束，可以是每达到预设时间段时就可以认为或假设波束失败或链路失败，在认为或假设波束失败或链路失败的情况下根据第二信息确定候选波束。这样，可以在无需对波束是否失败或链路是否失败进行检测的情况下就可以进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复，从而可以简化流程，降低终端的操作复杂度，提高波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的效率。
上述预设时间段可以满足以下至少一项：
预设时间段的长度与波束的宽窄有关；
预设时间段的长度与波束训练的类型有关；
预设时间段的长度与信道占有率或信道繁忙率有关；
预设时间段的长度由协议预定义，或由网络侧配置或预配置，或由第一终端或第二终端配置。
具体而言，预设时间段的长度与波束的宽窄有关可以是，在波束为宽波束的情况下，预设时间段可以设置的长一些，在波束为窄波束的情况下，预设时间段可以设置的短一些，这是因为如果波束是一个宽波束，则可以认为波束失败的可能性较小，或者说波束从对齐变不对齐过程会相对缓慢，因此可以将预设时间段设置的长一些，相对的，如果是窄波束，则可以预设时间段设置的短一些。其中，该预设时间段的具体长度可以根据实际的应用场景确定，这里不做具体限定。
预设时间段的长度与波束训练的类型有关可以是，如果波束是粗略的训练出的一个波束时，则可以认为波束较宽，范围较广，波束失败的可能性较小，或者说波束从对齐变不对齐过程会相对缓慢，因此可以将预设时间段的设置的长一些，相对的，如果波束是精确训练出的一个波束时，则可以认为波束较窄宽，范围较窄，因此可以将预设时间段的设置的短一些。其中，该预设时间段的具体长度可以根据实际的应用场景确定，这里不做具体限定。
预设时间段的长度与信道占有率(Channel Occupancy Ratio，CR)或信道繁忙率(Channel Busy Ratio，CBR)相关可以是，在CR或CBR较高的情况下，可以将预设时间段的设置的短一些，此时由于系统拥塞程度相对较高，更容易发生波束失败或链路失败；相对的，在CR或CBR较低的情况下，可以将预设时间段的设置的长一些，具体长度可以根据实际的应用场景确定，这里不做具体限定。
上述第二信息可以是第一终端已有的或最新的信息，可选地，作为一个实施例，该第二信息可以包括以下至少一项：
预先对多个波束进行测量得到的测量信息，或缓存的波束的测量信息；
波束的配置或预配置信息；
第一终端和第二终端最新确定或协商的波束信息。
预先测量或缓存的测量信息可以是第一终端通过对用于波束训练的参考信号进行测量后得到，或者是对用于波束测量的参考信号进行测量后得到。波束的配置或预配置信息可以是网络侧对波束的配置或预配置信息，或者也可以是第一终端或第二终端对波束的配置或预配置信息。比如，第二终端预配置当第一终端或第二终端自己检测到波束失败或链路失败后，就根据第一终端发送的波束恢复请求或直接切换到特定的波束上；第一终端和第二终端最新确定或协商的波束信息，比如可以是，第一终端和第二终端在通信的过程中，可以每隔一段时间就确定或协商候选的收发波束，这些收发波束的信息即为第一终端和第二终端最新确定或协商的波束信息。
在第二信息包括以上至少一项的情况下，第一终端在根据第二信息确定候选波束时，可以包括以下至少一项：
根据多个波束的测量信息，从多个波束中选择候选波束，候选波束的测量值高于多个波束中的其他波束；
将配置或预配置信息中配置的波束确定为候选波束；
将第一终端和第二终端最新确定或协商的波束确定为候选波束。
其中，波束的测量信息可以是对波束的对应参考信号的测量值，该测量值可以是信号与干扰加噪声比(Signal to Interference and Noise Ratio，SINR)、信噪比(Signal-to-Noise Ratio，SNR)、参考信号接收功率(Reference Signal Receiving Power，RSRP)以及接收信号强度指示(Received Signal Strength Indication，RSSI)中的至少一项。
S204：第一终端向第二终端发送第一信息，第一信息为基于候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的信息。
第一终端在根据第二信息确定候选波束后，可以向第一终端发送第一信息，该第一信 息可以是基于候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的信息。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第一信息可以包括以下至少一项：
候选波束的标识；
第一终端的标识；
波束切换时刻。
候选波束的标识可以是候选波束的序号，参考信号ID，传输配置指示(Transmission Configuration Indication，TCI)state，准共址(Quasi-CoLocation，QCL)信息，资源标识(比如发送的时域，频域或码域的标识)等。
波束切换时刻可以用于告知第二终端从什么时候开始用新的波束(即候选波束)进行通信。波束切换时刻可以是绝对时间，也可以是相对时间，比如相对于第一终端发送第一信息的时刻。可选地，该波束切换时刻可以是第一终端期望第二终端切换发送或接收波束的最晚时刻，在这种情况下，第一终端可以不用通过接收第二终端的响应来判断第二终端是否成功接收到第一信息并基于第一信息指示的候选波束进行波束切换(此时的候选波束的数量为一个)，而是通过此波束切换时刻后是否可以用新的波束接收到第二终端发送的数据或信息来判断，这样，可以缩短第一终端等待第二终端的响应的时间及相关过程的时间，从而提高波束失败恢复的效率。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第一信息可以是波束失败恢复请求(Beam Failure Recovery request，BFR request)或链路失败恢复请求(Link Failure Recovery request，LFR request)。也就是说，第一终端可以将第一信息作为请求信息发送给第二终端。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第一终端向第二终端发送第一信息，可以包括：
第一终端在第一资源上发送第一信息。
第一资源可以由协议预定义，或由网络侧配置或预配置，或由第一终端或第二终端选择或配置。例如，第一资源可以是资源池的特定广播区域，或每隔一段时间的T个时隙(slot)，或特定频率位置的一定数量的物理资源块(Physical Resource Block，PRB)等。
可选地，第一资源可以满足以下至少一项：
第一资源时分复用(Time Division Multiplexing，TDM)，或频分复用(Frequency Division Multiplexing，FDM)，或码分复用(Code Division Multiple，CDM)；即不同的终端可以通过不同的资源进行区分；
第一资源由终端协作信息通知给第二终端。
在第一资源为TDM资源或FDM资源或CDM资源的情况下，可以避免收发两端(即第一终端和第二终端)同时在进行波束失败检测的情况下，发送或接收的与波束失败恢复 或链路失败恢复相关的信令之间发生冲突。
第一资源由终端协作信息通知给第二终端，比如可以是，第一资源可以作为不推荐(non-preferred)资源通知给第二终端。在第一资源由终端协作信息通知给第二终端的情况下，可以避免出现收发两端(即第一终端和第二终端)因半双工等原因无法接收与波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复相关信令的情况。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第一终端在向第二终端发送第一信息后，还包括以下任一项：
在波束切换时刻或波束切换时刻之前，将接收波束切换至与候选波束对应的接收波束上；
接收第二终端的第一响应；
在接收到第二终端的第一响应的情况下，将接收波束切换至与候选波束对应的接收波束上；
在接收到所第二终端的第一响应且第一响应中包含确认信息的情况下，将接收波束切换至与候选波束对应的接收波束上，确认信息用于表征第二终端确认将原通信波束切换为候选波束；
在接收到第二终端的第一响应且第一响应中包含拒绝信息的情况下，进行波束测量或波束训练，拒绝信息用于表征第二终端拒绝将原通信波束切换为候选波束。
本实施例中，第一终端在向第二终端发送第一信息后，可以在不等待接收第二终端的第一响应的情况下进行波束切换(即将接收波束切换为与候选波束对应的接收波束上)，也可以在等待接收到第二终端的第一响应的情况下再确认是否进行波束切换。以下将分别针对这两种情况进行说明。
针对第一终端不等待接收第一响应就可以进行波束切换的情况，具体的，在候选波束的数量为一个的情况下，第一终端在将第一信息发送给第二终端后，可以在第一信息中指示的波束切换时刻(若有)或该波束切换时刻之前，将自己的接收波束切换至与候选波束对应的接收波束上，即第一终端可以在无需等待接收第二终端的响应的情况下就进行波束切换。此时的接收波束是特定的波束，预配置的波束，或者根据已有的波束测量信息确定的接收波束。针对第二终端而言，第二终端在接收到第一信息后，可以确认是否进行波束切换，即是否将发送波束切换至候选波束。比如可以判断候选波束的通信质量是否高于门限值，若是则可以确认进行波束切换并将发送波束切换至候选波束，若否，则可以拒绝进行波束切换。第二终端在确认进行波束切换的情况下，可以将原通信波束(即原发送波束)切换为候选波束，并通过候选波束向第一终端发送数据或约定信号，或者通过波束扫描等 方式发送约定信号，这样第一终端可以通过接收到第二终端发送的数据或约定信号，确认第二终端同意进行波束切换，并针对切换后的发送波束的对应参考信号进行测量，从而确定一个合适的接收波束，由此可以实现波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复。由于在整个波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的过程中，第一终端可以在无需等待第二终端的响应的情况下完成波束切换，因此，可以缩短等待响应的时间及相关过程的时间，提高波束失败恢复的效率。
第二终端在确认不进行波束切换的情况下，即拒绝进行波束切换的情况下，可以不进行波束切换，也不使用候选波束向第一终端发送数据或约定信号，这样，在设定时间(可以由协议预定义，或由网络侧配置或预配置，或由第一终端或第二终端配置)后，第一终端在通过候选波束对应的接收波束没有接收到第二终端的数据或约定信号的情况下，可以确认第二终端拒绝了将发送波束切换为候选波束，此时可以认为波束失败恢复失败或链路失败恢复失败。在波束失败恢复失败或链路失败恢复失败的情况下，第一终端可以进行波束测量或波束训练，以重新确定候选波束并基于重新确定的候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复。其中，第一终端通过波束测量的方式进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的具体实现可以参见图3所示的实施例，通过波束训练的方式进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的具体实现可以参见图4所示的实施例，这里都不再详细说明。
针对第一终端等待接收第一响应并根据第一响应确认是否进行波束切换的情况，可选地，第一终端接收到的第一响应可以包括以下至少一项：
确认信息，确认信息用于确认将原通信波束切换为候选波束；
拒绝信息，拒绝信息用于拒绝将原发送波束切换为候选波束(或者是用于表征继续使用当前波束进行通信的信息)；
目标波束的波束信息，目标波束为第二终端从候选波束中选择的波束；
第一终端的发送波束的波束信息，第一终端的发送波束由第二终端进行波束测量后确定，适用于确定第一终端和第二终端双向的发送波束的场景；
波束切换时刻，用于告知第一终端从什么时候开始用新的波束进行通信，或者从什么时候开始可以针对发送波束进行测量，从而确定合适的接收波束。可以是绝对时间也可以是相对时间。
具体地，第一终端在向第二终端发送第一信息后，第二终端在接收到第一信息时，在候选波束的数量为一个的情况下，可以根据候选波束的通信质量等因素确认是否将发送波束切换至候选波束。第二终端在确认进行波束切换的情况下，可以在第一信息指示的波束接收时刻(若有)或波束切换时刻之前进行波束切换，同时还可以向第一终端发送第一响应，第一终端在接收到该第一响应后，可以确认第二终端同意进行波束切换，然后第一终 端可以确定一个新的接收波束，并在第一信息指示的波束切换时刻或波束切换时刻之前将接收波束切换至与该新的接收波束上，由此可以实现波束失败恢复和链路失败恢复。由于在整个波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的过程中，第一终端可以根据已有信息确定候选波束进而基于候选波束实现波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复，因此，可以缩短通过波束测量或波束训练确定候选波束的时间，提高波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的效率。第二终端在拒绝进行波束切换的情况下，可以不进行波束切换，同时还可以向第一终端发送包含拒绝信息的第一响应，第一终端在接收到该第一响应后，可以确认第二终端拒绝了将发送波束切换为候选波束，此时，第一终端可以进行波束测量或波束训练，以重新确定候选波束并基于重新确定的候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复。其中，第一终端通过波束测量的方式进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的具体实现可以参见图3所示的实施例，通过波束训练的方式进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的具体实现可以参见图4所示的实施例，这里都不再详细说明。
在候选波束的数量为多个的情况下，第二终端在接收到第一信息后，可以根据候选波束的通信质量等因素确认多个候选波束中是否存在合适的波束，比如是否存在通信质量较好的波束，若存在，则第二终端可以确认进行波束切换，并将原通信波束切换至该波束(后续可以称为目标波束)，若不存在，则第二终端可以拒绝进行波束切换。第二终端在确认进行波束切换的情况下，可以在第一信息指示的波束接收时刻(若有)或波束切换时刻之前进行波束切换，同时还可以向第一终端发送包含目标波束的波束信息(可选地，可以包含波束切换时刻)的第一响应，第一终端在接收到该第一响应后，可以确认第二终端同意进行波束切换并基于目标波束的波束信息确认第二终端切换后的目标波束。之后，第一终端通过波束测量等过程确定一个合适的目标波束的接收波束。第一终端可以在第一信息指示的波束切换时刻(若有)或波束切换时刻之前将接收波束切换至与目标波束对应的接收波束上，或者，可以在第一响应指示的波束切换时刻(若有)或波束切换时刻之前将接收波束切换至与目标波束对应的接收波束上，由此可以实现波束失败恢复和链路失败恢复。由于在整个波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的过程中，第一终端可以根据已有信息确定候选波束进而基于候选波束实现波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复，因此，可以缩短通过波束测量或波束训练确定候选波束的时间，提高了波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的效率。
第二终端在拒绝进行波束切换的情况下，可以不进行波束切换，同时还可以向第一终端发送包含拒绝信息的第一响应，第一终端在接收到该第一响应后，可以确认第二终端拒绝基于候选波束进行波束切换，此时，第一终端可以进行波束测量或波束训练，以重新确定候选波束并基于重新确定的候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复。其中，第一终 端通过波束测量的方式进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的具体实现可以参见图3所示的实施例，通过波束训练的方式进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的具体实现可以参见图4所示的实施例，这里都不再详细说明。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第一终端在接收第一响应时，可以通过以下至少一项进行接收：
通过候选波束对应的波束接收第一响应；
通过全向波束接收第一响应；
通过波束扫描的方式接收第一响应；
通过第二波束接收第一响应，第二波束为第二终端接收第一信息时使用的波束所对应的波束，第二波束的测量值大于预设阈值，该预设阈值可以协议预定义，或由网络侧配置或预配置，或由第一终端或第二终端配置；
接收第二终端发送的物理旁链路反馈信道(Physical Sidelink Feedback Channel，PSFCH)，PSFCH中承载有第一响应；
接收第二终端发送的物理旁链路共享信道(Physical Sidelink Shared Channel，PSSCH)或物理旁链路控制信道(Physical Sidelink Control Channel，PSCCH)，PSSCH或PSCCH中承载有第一响应。
可选地，第一终端接收第一响应的具体方式可以和第二终端发送第一响应的具体方式相对应。比如，第二终端通过候选波束发送第一响应，则第一终端可以通过候选波束对应的波束接收第一响应。所述候选波束对应的波束可以是候选波束内参考信号的接收波束。
可选地，在通过接收PSFCH接收第一响应的情况下，具体可以是第一终端接收第二终端在PSFCH的特定位置上发送的否定应答(Negative Acknowledgement，NACK)信号或ACK信号，NACK信号或ACK信号可以表征第一响应。此PSFCH特定位置可以是网络配置/预配置，或终端配置的特定PRB集合。
可选地，在第一响应中包含拒绝信息的情况下，第二终端可以通过波束扫描的方式发送第一响应，相应的，第一终端可以通过波束扫描的方式接收第一响应。这样，第一终端在接收第一响应后，在确定第二终端拒绝进行波束切换的情况下，可以进行波束测量或波束训练，以便根据测量结果或训练结果重新确定候选波束，进而基于新的候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复。
在本申请实施例中，第一终端和第二终端在进行传输时，第一终端可以根据第二信息确定候选波束并将候选波束通过第一信息指示给第二终端。这样，通过定义如何进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复，可以使得终端在波束失败或链路失败的情况下，可以基于波束 失败恢复或链路失败恢复的方法成功恢复波束或链路，保障通信的可靠性和连续性。
如图3所示，本申请实施例提供一种波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法300，该方法可以由第一终端执行，换言之，该方法可以由安装在第一终端的软件或硬件来执行，该波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法包括如下步骤。
S302：第一终端进行波束测量。
在sidelink的场景下，第一终端和第二终端在FR2 band上采用波束进行传输时，第一终端可以进行波束测量。其中，波束测量的目的可以是确定候选波束，候选波束的个数可以是一个或多个，候选波束用于进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第一终端进行波束测量，可以包括以下至少一项：
第一终端在确定波束失败或链路失败的情况下，进行波束测量；
第一终端每隔预设时间段进行波束测量。
也就是说，第一终端进行波束测量的时机可以是在波束失败或链路失败的情况下进行波束测量，和/或，在每次达到预设时间段(life cycle)时进行波束测量。其中，针对每次达到预设时间段时进行波束测量，可以是每达到预设时间段时就可以认为或假设波束失败或链路失败，在认为或假设波束失败或链路失败的情况下进行波束测量。这样，可以在无需对波束是否失败或链路是否失败进行检测的情况下就可以进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复，从而可以简化流程，降低终端的操作复杂度，提高波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的效率。
上述预设时间段可以满足以下至少一项：
预设时间段的长度与波束的宽窄有关；
预设时间段的长度与波束训练的类型有关；
预设时间段的长度与信道占有率或信道繁忙率有关；
预设时间段的长度由协议预定义，或由网络侧配置或预配置，或由第一终端或第二终端配置。
具体而言，预设时间段的长度与波束的宽窄有关可以是，在波束为宽波束的情况下，预设时间段可以设置的长一些，在波束为窄波束的情况下，预设时间段可以设置的短一些，这是因为如果波束是一个宽波束，则可以认为波束失败的可能性较小，或者说波束从对齐变不对齐过程会相对缓慢，因此可以将预设时间段设置的长一些，相对的，如果是窄波束，则可以预设时间段设置的短一些。其中，该预设时间段的具体长度可以根据实际的应用场景确定，这里不做具体限定。
预设时间段的长度与波束训练的类型有关可以是，如果波束是粗略的训练出的一个波 束时，则可以认为波束较宽，范围较广，波束失败的可能性较小，或者说波束从对齐变不对齐过程会相对缓慢，因此可以将预设时间段的设置的长一些，相对的，如果波束是精确训练出的一个波束时，则可以认为波束较窄宽，范围较窄，因此可以将预设时间段的设置的短一些。其中，该预设时间段的具体长度可以根据实际的应用场景确定，这里不做具体限定。
预设时间段的长度与CR或CBR相关可以是，在CR或CBR较高的情况下，可以将预设时间段的设置的短一些，此时由于系统拥塞程度相对较高，更容易发生波束失败或链路失败；相对的，在CR或CBR较低的情况下，可以将预设时间段的设置的长一些，具体长度可以根据实际的应用场景确定，这里不做具体限定。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第一终端在进行波束测量时，可以包括以下至少一项：
对第一波束进行波束测量，即对第一波束的参考信号进行测量，第一波束由网络侧配置或预配置，或由第一终端配置或预配置，或由第二终端配置或预配置；
对第二终端周期性发送的用于波束训练或波束测量的参考信号进行测量，参考信号对应多个波束；
对第二终端根据第三请求发送的参考信号进行测量，第三请求由第一终端在进行波束测量之前发送，第三请求用于请求第二终端发送参考信号。
也就是说，第一终端在进行波束测量时，可以对配置或预配置的波束进行波束测量，和/或，基于第二终端发送的多个波束的参考信号对相应的多个波束进行波束测量。其中，参考信号可以是第二终端周期性发送的参考信号，当第一终端需要进行波束测量时，可以在无需触发第二终端发送参考信号的情况下，就可以对参考信号进行测量，以实现对参考信号对应的波束的测量。或者，参考信号也可以是由第一终端触发第二终端发送的参考信号。具体地，第一终端在需要进行波束测量时，可以向第二终端发送用于请求第二终端发送参考信号的第三请求(可以是BFR request)，第二终端接收到第三请求后，可以向第一终端发送参考信号，第一终端可以对第二终端发送的参考信号进行测量，从而实现对参考信号对应的波束的测量。可选地，第二终端发送的参考信号可以是信道状态信息参考信号(Channel State Information-Reference Signals，CSI-RS)和/或同步信号块(Synchronization Signal Block，SSB)等。
在参考信号由第二终端周期性发送的情况下，第二终端周期性发送参考信号的具体实现方式可以参见图7所示的实施例，这里不再重复说明。其中，可选地，参考信号的发送周期可以由协议预定义，或由网络侧配置或预配置，或由第一终端或第二终端配置或指示。可选地，参考信号中还可以包括原通信波束对应的参考信号，这样第一终端在进行波束测 量时，可以对原通信波束进行测量。
S304：第一终端根据测量结果确定候选波束。
第一终端在进行波束测量后，可以得到多个波束的测量信息。基于多个波束的测量信息，第一终端可以从中确定一个或多个通信质量较好的候选波束。
S306：第一终端向第二终端发送第一请求，第一请求用于请求基于候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复。
第一终端在确定候选波束后，可以向第二终端发送第一请求，以请求第二终端基于候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第一请求可以包括以下至少一项：
候选波束的标识；
第一终端的标识；
候选波束的测量结果；
波束切换时刻。
候选波束的标识可以是候选波束的序号，参考信号ID，TCI state，QCL信息，资源标识(比如发送的时域，频域或码域的标识)等。
波束切换时刻可以用于告知第二终端从什么时候开始用新的波束(即候选波束)进行切换或通信。波束切换时刻可以是绝对时间，也可以是相对时间，比如相对于第一终端发送第一请求的时刻。
候选波束的测量结果，比如可以是候选波束的排序、测量值大于预设阈值的候选波束的标识或数量等。
第一终端在向第二终端发送的第一请求时，可选地，可以包括以下至少一项：
通过波束扫描的方式向第二终端发送第一请求；
通过全向波束向第二终端发送第一请求；
通过原通信波束向第二终端发送第一请求；
通过候选波束对应的波束向第二终端发送第一请求；
将第一请求承载在PSFCH上发送给第二终端；
将第一请求承载在PSSCH和/或PSCCH上发送给第二终端。
上述通过波束扫描的方式发送第一请求可以用于确定第一终端和第二终端双方的发送波束的场景，具体地，第一终端通过波束扫描的方式向第二终端发送第一请求，以请求第二终端对自己的发送波束进行切换，波束扫描的方式可以提高第二终端接收到第一请求的成功率。同时，第二终端可以对第一终端通过波束扫描发送的第一请求进行测量，根据 测量结果确定第一终端的候选波束，然后基于候选波束向第一终端发送请求，以请求第一终端对自己的发送波束也进行切换，从而实现对第一终端和第二终端双方的发送波束进行切换的目的。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第一终端通过波束扫描的方式向第二终端发送第一请求，可以包括以下任一项：
重复进行波束扫描直至接收到第二终端发送的对第一请求的第一响应；
进行波束扫描直至接收到第二终端发送的第一响应；
在一个方向发送第一请求后切换至另一个方向，每个方向上发送M次第一请求直至接收到第二终端发送的第一响应，M为大于等于1的整数。
也就是说，第一终端在通过波束扫描的方式发送第一请求时，可以是每次扫描时都在多个波束方向上进行，即每次扫描都进行多个波束方向上的扫描，或者，也可以在一个波束方向上进行M次扫描后再切换到下一个波束方向上进行M次扫描，如此在多个波束方向上进行循环扫描，或者，也可以是其他扫描方式。其中，不论哪种波束扫描方式，都可以在接收到第二终端的第一响应时停止扫描。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第一终端在将第一请求承载在PSFCH上发送给第二终端时，可以包括：
在PSFCH的特定位置上向第二终端发送ACK信号或NACK信号，ACK信号或NACK信号可以表征第一请求。第二终端在特定位置上检测到ACK信号或NACK信号，就认为第一终端发起了波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复过程。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第一终端向第二终端发送第一请求后，还可以包括以下至少一项：
在发送第一请求的K个时隙后检测第一响应；
接收第二终端发送的对第一请求的第一响应。
第一终端在向第二终端发送第一请求后，第二终端可以向第一终端发送第一响应。针对第一终端而言，第一终端可以在发送第一请求的K个时隙后检测第一响应，也可以在发送第一请求后检测并接收第一响应。其中，K的取值可以由协议预定义，或由网络侧配置或预配置，或由第一终端或第二终端配置。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第二终端向第一终端发送的第一响应，即第一终端检测或接收到的第一响应可以包括以下至少一项：
确认信息，确认信息用于确认将原通信波束切换为候选波束；
拒绝信息，拒绝信息用于拒绝将原发送波束切换为候选波束(或者是用于表征继续使 用当前波束进行通信的信息)；
目标波束的波束信息，目标波束为第二终端从候选波束中选择的波束；
第一终端的发送波束的波束信息，第一终端的发送波束由第二终端进行波束测量后确定，适用于确定第一终端和第二终端双向的发送波束的场景；
波束切换时刻，用于告知第一终端从什么时候开始用新的波束进行通信，或者从什么时候开始可以针对发送波束进行测量，从而确定合适的接收波束。可以是绝对时间也可以是相对时间。
具体地，第一终端在向第二终端发送第一请求后，第二终端在接收到第一请求时，在候选波束的数量为一个的情况下，可以根据候选波束的通信质量等因素确认是否将发送波束切换至候选波束。第二终端在确认进行波束切换的情况下，可以在第一请求指示的波束接收时刻(若有)或波束切换时刻之前进行波束切换，同时还可以向第一终端发送第一响应，第一终端在接收到该第一响应后，可以确认第二终端同意进行波束切换，然后第一终端可以确定一个新的接收波束，并在第一请求指示的波束切换时刻或波束切换时刻之前将接收波束切换至该新的接收波束上，由此可以实现波束失败恢复和链路失败恢复。第二终端在拒绝进行波束切换的情况下，可以不进行波束切换，同时还可以向第一终端发送包含拒绝信息的第一响应，第一终端在接收到该第一响应后，可以确认第二终端拒绝了将发送波束切换为候选波束，此时，第一终端可以进行波束测量(即返回执行S302)或波束训练，以重新确定候选波束并基于重新确定的候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复。其中，第一终端通过波束训练的方式进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的具体实现可以参见图4所示的实施例，这里都不再详细说明。
在候选波束的数量为多个的情况下，第二终端在接收到第一请求后，可以根据候选波束的通信质量等因素确认多个候选波束中是否存在合适的波束，比如是否存在通信质量较好的波束，若存在，则第二终端可以确认进行波束切换，并将原通信波束切换至该波束(后续可以称为目标波束)，若不存在，则第二终端可以拒绝进行波束切换。或者，在第一终端通过波束扫描的方式发送第一请求的情况下，第二终端可以通过波束测量的方式确认最终选择的目标波束。
第二终端在确认进行波束切换的情况下，可以在第一请求指示的波束接收时刻(若有)或波束切换时刻之前进行波束切换，同时还可以向第一终端发送包含目标波束的波束信息(可选地，可以包含波束切换时刻)的第一响应，第一终端在接收到该第一响应后，可以确认第二终端同意进行波束切换并基于目标波束的波束信息确认第二终端切换后的目标波束。之后，第一终端通过波束测量等过程确定一个合适的目标波束的接收波束。第一终 端可以在第一请求指示的波束切换时刻(若有)或波束切换时刻之前将接收波束切换至与目标波束对应的接收波束上，或者，可以在第一响应指示的波束切换时刻(若有)或波束切换时刻之前将接收波束切换至与目标波束对应的接收波束上，由此可以实现波束失败恢复和链路失败恢复。
第二终端在拒绝进行波束切换的情况下，可以不进行波束切换，同时还可以向第一终端发送包含拒绝信息的第一响应，第一终端在接收到该第一响应后，可以确认第二终端拒绝基于候选波束进行波束切换，此时，第一终端可以进行波束测量(即返回执行S302)或波束训练，以重新确定候选波束并基于重新确定的候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复。其中，第一终端通过波束训练的方式进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的具体实现可以参见图4所示的实施例，这里都不再详细说明。
可选地，在确定第一终端和第二终端双向的发送波束的场景下，第二终端还可以在第一响应中携带第一终端的发送波束的波束信息。具体地，第一终端在发送第一请求时，可以通过波束扫描的方式发送第一请求，第二终端在接收到第一请求后，除了基于上述记载的方法确认是否进行波束切换之外，还可以对第一终端通过波束扫描发送第一请求进行测量，根据测量结果确定第一终端的发送波束(即第一终端的候选波束)，并将发送波束的波束信息携带在第一响应中发送给第一终端，第一终端可以根据第一响应中携带的发送波束的波束信息确认是否对自己的发送波束进行切换，从而实现对第一终端和第二终端双方的发送波束进行切换的目的。这样，在通信的双向都容易发生波束失败或链路失败的场景下，第一终端和第二终端可以无需独立发送用于进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的请求或者说发起两个波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的流程。
第二终端在向第一终端发送第一响应后，第一终端可以接收第一响应。其中，可选地，第一终端可以通过以下至少一项接收第一响应：
通过候选波束对应的波束接收第一响应；
通过全向波束接收第一响应；
通过波束扫描的方式接收第一响应；
通过第二波束接收第一响应，第二波束为第二终端接收第一请求时使用的波束所对应的波束，第二波束的测量值大于预设阈值；
接收第二终端发送的PSFCH，PSFCH中承载有第一响应；
接收第二终端发送的PSSCH或PSCCH，PSSCH或PSCCH中承载有第一响应。
可选地，第一终端接收第一响应的具体方式可以和第二终端发送第一响应的具体方式相对应。比如，第二终端通过候选波束发送第一响应，则第一终端可以通过候选波束对应 的波束接收第一响应。所述候选波束对应的波束可以是候选波束内参考信号的接收波束。
可选地，在通过接收PSFCH接收第一响应的情况下，具体可以是第一终端接收第二终端在PSFCH的特定位置上发送的NACK信号或ACK信号，NACK信号或ACK信号表征第一响应。此PSFCH特定位置可以是网络配置/预配置，或终端配置的特定PRB集合。
可选地，在第一响应中包含拒绝信息的情况下，第二终端可以通过波束扫描的方式发送第一响应，相应的，第一终端可以通过波束扫描的方式接收第一响应。这样，第一终端在接收第一响应后，在确定第二终端拒绝进行波束切换的情况下，可以进行波束测量或波束训练，以便根据测量结果或训练结果重新确定候选波束，进而基于新的候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复。
第一终端在接收到第一响应后，可选地，还可以包括以下至少一项：
确定与新的通信波束对应的接收波束；
切换到新的接收波束；
切换到新的发送波束；
重新进行波束测量或波束训练。
具体地，在第二终端确认进行波束切换情况下，第一终端在接收到第一响应后，可以确定与新的通信波束对应的接收波束。比如，第二终端在发送第一响应后，第一终端可以对通过类似波束扫描的方式采用多个接收波束接收第一响应，对第一响应对应的参考信号进行测量，根据测量结果确定与新的通信波束对应的接收波束。在确定新的接收波束后，第一终端可以在波束切换时刻(可以是第一请求或第一响应中指示的波束切换时刻)或波束切换时刻之前将接收波束切换到新的接收波束上。
在第二终端发送的第一响应中包含第一终端的发送波束的波束信息的情况下，第一终端在接收到第一响应后，可以在切换时刻(可以是第一响应中指示的波束切换时刻)或波束切换时刻之前波束将自己的发送波束切换到新的发送波束上，即切换到第一响应中指示的发送波束上。
在第二终端发送的第一响应中包含拒绝信息的情况下，第一终端在接收到第一响应后，可以确认第二终端拒绝基于候选波束进行波束切换，此时，第一终端可以重新进行波束测量(即返回执行S302)或波束训练，以重新确定候选波束并基于重新确定的候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复。其中，第一终端通过波束训练的方式进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的具体实现可以参见图4所示的实施例，这里都不再详细说明。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第一终端在接收第一响应时，可能存在因为各种原因没有 接收到第一响应的情况。比如，第一终端在发送第一请求后的X个时隙(大于第一终端检测第一响应时的K个时隙)内仍没有接收到第一响应。在这种情况下，第一终端可以执行以下至少一项操作：
重复向第二终端发送第一请求；
通过波束扫描的方式发送第一请求；
提高第一请求的发送功率。
考虑到第一终端没有接收到第一响应的原因可能第二终端没有接收到第一请求，或者是之前对第一请求的发送方式不易被第二终端检测到，或者也可能是第一请求的发送功率较低导致第二终端没有接收到第一请求，进而导致第二终端无法反馈第一响应，第一终端也就无法接收到第一响应，因此，第一终端在没有接收到第一响应的情况下，可以通过重复发送第一请求、通过波束扫描的方式发送第一请求以及提高第一请求的发送功率中的至少一种方式重新发送第一请求，直至接收到第一响应。其中，第一终端在重复发送第一请求或使用更高的发送功率发送第一请求时，可以通过波束扫描的方式、全向波束、原通信波束、候选波束对应的波束中的至少一项进行发送，或者将第一请求承载在PSFCH、PSSCH和/或PSCCH中发送给第二终端。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第一终端在发送第一请求时，第一请求的发送功率可以满足以下至少一项：
高于基于旁链路路径损耗确定的传输功率；
低于基于下行路径损耗确定的传输功率；
不基于旁链路路径损耗的功率控制机制发送第一请求；
在发送第一请求的X个时隙内没有接收到第一响应的情况下，再次发送第一请求时的发送功率提高T个dbm。
通过以上至少一项中的功率发送第一响应，可以提高第一响应的发送功率，进而提高传输可靠性。
在本申请实施例中，第一终端和第二终端在进行传输时，第一终端可以根据波束测量结果确定候选波束并请求第二终端基于候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复。这样，通过定义如何进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复，可以使得终端在波束失败或链路失败的情况下，可以基于波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的方法成功恢复波束或链路，保障通信的可靠性和连续性。
如图4所示，本申请实施例提供一种波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法400，该方法可以由第一终端执行，换言之，该方法可以由安装在第一终端的软件或硬件来执行，该波 束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法包括如下步骤。
S402：第一终端进行波束训练。
在sidelink的场景下，第一终端和第二终端在FR2 band上采用波束进行传输时，第一终端可以进行波束训练。其中，波束训练的目的可以是确定候选波束，候选波束的个数可以是一个，候选波束用于进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第一终端进行波束训练，可以包括以下至少一项：
第一终端在确定波束失败或链路失败的情况下，进行波束训练；
第一终端每隔预设时间段进行波束训练。
也就是说，第一终端进行波束训练的时机可以是在波束失败或链路失败的情况下进行波束测量，和/或，在每次达到预设时间段(life cycle)时进行波束训练。其中，针对每次达到预设时间段时进行波束训练，可以是每达到预设时间段时就可以认为或假设波束失败或链路失败，在认为或假设波束失败或链路失败的情况下进行波束训练。这样，可以在无需对波束是否失败或链路是否失败进行检测的情况下就可以进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复，从而可以简化流程，降低终端的操作复杂度，提高波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的效率。
上述预设时间段可以满足以下至少一项：
预设时间段的长度与波束的宽窄有关；
预设时间段的长度与波束训练的类型有关；
预设时间段的长度与信道占有率或信道繁忙率有关；
预设时间段的长度由协议预定义，或由网络侧配置或预配置，或由第一终端或第二终端配置。
具体而言，预设时间段的长度与波束的宽窄有关可以是，在波束为宽波束的情况下，预设时间段可以设置的长一些，在波束为窄波束的情况下，预设时间段可以设置的短一些，这是因为如果波束是一个宽波束，则可以认为波束失败的可能性较小，或者说波束从对齐变不对齐过程会相对缓慢，因此可以将预设时间段设置的长一些，相对的，如果是窄波束，则可以预设时间段设置的短一些。其中，该预设时间段的具体长度可以根据实际的应用场景确定，这里不做具体限定。
预设时间段的长度与波束训练的类型有关可以是，如果波束是粗略的训练出的一个波束时，则可以认为波束较宽，范围较广，波束失败的可能性较小，或者说波束从对齐变不对齐过程会相对缓慢，因此可以将预设时间段的设置的长一些，相对的，如果波束是精确训练出的一个波束时，则可以认为波束较窄宽，范围较窄，因此可以将预设时间段的设置 的短一些。其中，该预设时间段的具体长度可以根据实际的应用场景确定，这里不做具体限定。
预设时间段的长度与CR或CBR相关可以是，在CR或CBR较高的情况下，可以将预设时间段的设置的短一些，此时由于系统拥塞程度相对较高，更容易发生波束失败或链路失败；相对的，在CR或CBR较低的情况下，可以将预设时间段的设置的长一些，具体长度可以根据实际的应用场景确定，这里不做具体限定。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第一终端进行波束训练，还可以包括：
接收第二终端发送的用于波束训练的参考信号。
也就是说，第一终端进行波束训练时，可以基于第二终端发送的用于进行波束训练的参考信号进行波束训练。该参考信号可是CRI-RS或SSB等。
可选地，参考信号可以是周期性的信号，具体可以由第二终端周期性发送。第二终端周期性发送参考信号的具体实现方式可以参见图8所示的实施例，这里不再重复说明。可选地，参考信号的发送周期由协议预定义，或由网络侧配置或预配置，或由第一终端或第二终端配置或指示。可选地，参考信号中还可以包括原通信波束对应的参考信号，这样第一终端在进行波束训练时，可以对原通信波束进行测量。
S404：第一终端根据训练结果确定候选波束。
第一终端在进行对第二终端发送的波束训练信号进行测量后，可以得到多个波束的测量信息。基于多个波束的测量信息，第一终端可以从中确定一个通信质量较好的候选波束。
S406：第一终端向第二终端发送第二请求，第二请求用于请求基于候选波束进行波束切换。
第一终端在确定候选波束后，可以向第二终端发送第二请求，以请求第二终端基于候选波束进行波束切换，以实现波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第一终端发送的第二请求可以包括以下至少一项：
候选波束的标识；
第一终端的标识；
候选波束的测量结果；
波束切换时刻。
候选波束的标识可以是候选波束的序号，参考信号ID，TCI state，QCL，资源标识(比如发送的时域，频域或码域的标识)等。
波束切换时刻可以用于告知第二终端从什么时候开始用新的波束(即候选波束)进行通信。波束切换时刻可以是绝对时间，也可以是相对时间，比如相对于第一终端发送第一 请求的时刻。
候选波束的测量结果，比如可以是候选波束的排序、测量值大于预设阈值的候选波束的标识或数量等。
第一终端在向第二终端发送的第二请求时，可选地，可以包括以下至少一项：
通过波束扫描的方式向第二终端发送第二请求；
通过全向波束向第二终端发送第二请求；
通过原通信波束向第二终端发送第二请求；
通过候选波束对应的波束向第二终端发送第二请求；
将第二请求承载在PSFCH上发送给第二终端；
将第二请求承载在PSSCH和/或PSCCH上发送给第二终端。
上述通过波束扫描的方式发送第二请求可以用于确定第一终端和第二终端双方的发送波束的场景。具体地，第一终端通过波束扫描的方式向第二终端发送第二请求，以请求第二终端对自己的发送波束进行切换，同时，第二终端可以对第一终端通过波束扫描发送的第二请求进行测量，根据测量结果确定候选波束，然后基于候选波束向第一终端发送请求，以请求第一终端对自己的发送波束进行切换，从而实现对第一终端和第二终端双方的发送波束进行切换的目的。
可选地，第一终端通过波束扫描的方式向第二终端发送第二请求时，可以是每次扫描时都在多个波束方向上进行，即每次扫描都进行多个波束方向上的扫描，或者，也可以在一个波束方向上进行M次扫描后再切换到下一个波束方向上进行M次扫描，如此在多个波束方向上进行循环扫描，或者，也可以是其他扫描方式。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第一终端将第二请求承载在PSFCH上发送给第二终端，可以包括：
在PSFCH的特定位置上向第二终端发送ACK信号或NACK信号，ACK信号或所NACK信号表征第二请求。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第一终端向第二终端发送第二请求后，还可以包括：
接收第二终端通过候选波束发送的参考信号；
根据对参考信号的测量结果确定与候选波束对应的接收波束。
具体地，第二终端在接收到第二请求后，在确认进行波束切换的情况下，可以在第二请求指示的波束切换时刻或波束切换时刻之前，将自己的发送波束切换为第二请求指示的候选波束。之后，第二终端可以通过候选波束(即新的通信波束)向第一终端发送参考信号，第一终端可以对参考信号进行测量，并根据测量结果确定与候选波束对应的接收波束。 这样，第一终端可以通过与候选波束对应的接收波束和第二终端进行通信，成功恢复波束或链路，保障通信的可靠性和连续性。
在本申请实施例中，第一终端和第二终端在进行传输时，第一终端根据波束训练结果确定候选波束，并请求第二终端基于候选波束进行波束切换。这样，通过定义如何进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复，可以使得终端在波束失败或链路失败的情况下，可以基于波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的方法成功恢复波束或链路，保障通信的可靠性和连续性。
如图5所示，本申请实施例提供一种波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法500，该方法可以由第一终端执行，换言之，该方法可以由安装在第一终端的软件或硬件来执行，该波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法包括如下步骤。
S502：第一终端接收指示信息，指示信息由第二终端在确定波束失败或链路失败的情况下发送，指示信息用于指示第一终端进行波束测量或波束训练，或指示信息用于指示新的波束。
在sidelink的场景下，第一终端和第二终端在FR2 band上采用波束进行传输时，根据信道互易性，可以由第二终端判断波束是否失败或链路是否失败。第二终端在检测到波束失败或链路失败的情况下，可以向第一终端发送指示信息，第一终端可以接收该指示信息。其中，指示信息用于指示第一终端进行波束测量或波束训练，或用于指示新的波束。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第一终端接收指示信息，可以包括以下至少一项：
通过全向波束接收指示信息；
通过原通信波束接收指示信息；
通过波束扫描的方式接收指示信息。
可选地，在指示信息用于指示第一终端进行波束测量或波束训练的情况下，该指示信息还用于指示以下至少一项：
指示第一终端通过波束训练过程重新确定通信波束；
指示第一终端上报候选波束的测量结果；
指示第一终端上报候选波束；
指示用于波束训练或波束测量的参考信号的发送位置。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第一终端在接收指示信息后，还可以包括以下任一项：
第一终端根据指示信息进行波束测量或波束训练；根据波束测量结果或波束训练结果确定候选波束；将候选波束上报给第二终端；
第一终端将波束测量结果或波束训练结果发送给第二终端，波束测量结果或波束训练结果用于第二终端确定新的发送波束。
第一终端进行波束测量或波束训练的具体实现方式，以及根据波束测量结果或波束训练结果确定候选波束的具体实现方式可以参见上述图3或图4所示实施例中的相应内容，这里不再详细说明。第一终端在确定候选波束后，可以将候选波束上报给第二终端，比如，可以通过向第二终端发送第一请求或第二请求的方式将候选波束上报给第二终端。其中，第一请求和第二请求的解释说明可以参见图3或图4所示实施例中的相应内容，第一终端发送第一请求或第二请求的具体实现也可以参见图3或图4所示实施例中的相应内容，这里都不再详细说明。此外，第一终端在得到波束测量结果或波束训练结果后，还可以将这些结果发送给第二终端，由第二终端根据这些结果确定候选波束。
第二终端在接收到候选波束后，可以确认是否进行波束切换，具体实现方式可以参见图3或图4所示实施例中的相应内容，这里不再重复说明。此外，第二终端在接收到波束测量结果或波束训练结果后，可以根据这些结果确定候选波束，并基于候选波束进行波束切换，以实现波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的目的，具体实现方式也可以参见图3或图4所示实施例中的相应内容，这里也不再重复说明。
可选地，在指示信息用于指示新的波束的情况下，第一终端在接收到指示信息后，可以基于指示的波束进行波束切换，具体实现方式可以参见图3或图4所示实施例中的相应内容，这里也不再重复说明。
在本申请实施例中，第一终端和第二终端在进行传输时，第二终端在检测到波束失败或链路失败的情况下，指示第一终端进行波束测量或波束训练，向第一终端或指示新的波束。这样，通过定义如何进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复，可以使得终端在波束失败或链路失败的情况下，可以基于波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的方法成功恢复波束或链路，保障通信的可靠性和连续性。
如图6所示，本申请实施例提供一种波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法600，该方法可以由第二终端执行，换言之，该方法可以由安装在第二终端的软件或硬件来执行，该波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法包括如下步骤。
S602：第二终端接收第一信息，第一信息由第一终端根据第二信息确定候选波束后发送，第一信息为基于候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的信息。
在sidelink的场景下，第一终端和第二终端在FR2 band上采用波束进行传输时，第一终端可以根据第二信息确定候选波束，然后向第二终端发送第一信息，第一信息为基于候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的信息，候选波束的个数可以是一个或多个，候选波束用于进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复。第一终端在向第二终端发送第一信息后，第二终端可以接收该第一信息。其中，第一终端根据第二信息确定第一信息的时机可以参 见图2所示的实施例，这里不再重复说明。
上述第二信息可以是第一终端已有的或最新的信息，可选地，作为一个实施例，该第二信息可以包括以下至少一项：
预先对多个波束进行测量得到的测量信息，或缓存的波束的测量信息；
波束的配置或预配置信息；
第一终端和第二终端最新确定或协商的波束信息。
预先测量或缓存的测量信息可以是第一终端通过对用于波束训练的参考信号进行测量后得到，或者是对用于波束测量的参考信号进行测量后得到。波束的配置或预配置信息可以是网络侧对波束的配置或预配置信息，或者也可以是第一终端或第二终端对波束的配置或预配置信息。比如，第二终端预配置当第一终端或第二终端自己检测到波束失败或链路失败后，就根据第一终端发送的波束恢复请求或直接切换到特定的波束上；第一终端和第二终端最新确定或协商的波束信息，比如可以是，第一终端和第二终端在通信的过程中，可以每隔一段时间就确定或协商候选的收发波束，这些收发波束的信息即为第一终端和第二终端最新确定或协商的波束信息。
在第二信息包括以上至少一项的情况下，第一终端根据第二信息确定候选波束的具体实现方式可以参见图2所示的实施例，这里不再重复说明。
可选的，作为一个实施例，第二终端接收到的第一信息可以包括以下至少一项：
候选波束的标识；
第一终端的标识；
波束切换时刻。
候选波束的标识可以是候选波束的序号，参考信号ID，TCIstate，QCL信息，资源标识(比如发送的时域，频域或码域的标识)等。
波束切换时刻可以用于告知第二终端从什么时候开始用新的波束(即候选波束)进行通信。波束切换时刻可以是绝对时间，也可以是相对时间，比如相对于第一终端发送第一信息的时刻。可选地，该波束切换时刻可以是第一终端期望第二终端切换发送或接收波束的最晚时刻，在这种情况下，第一终端可以不用通过接收第二终端的响应来判断第二终端是否成功接收到第一信息并基于第一信息指示的候选波束进行波束切换(此时的候选波束的数量为一个)，而是通过此波束切换时刻后是否可以用新的波束接收到第二终端发送的数据或信息来判断，这样，可以缩短第一终端等待第二终端的响应的时间及相关过程的时间，从而提高波束失败恢复的效率。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第一信息可以是波束失败恢复请求(BFR request)或链路 失败恢复请求(LFR request)。也就是说，第一终端可以将第一信息作为请求信息发送给第二终端。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第二终端接收第一信息，可以包括：
第二终端在第一资源上接收第一信息。
第一资源可以由协议预定义，或由网络侧配置或预配置，或由第一终端或第二终端选择或配置。例如，第一资源可以是资源池的特定广播区域，或每隔一段时间的T个时隙(slot)，或特定频率位置的一定数量的PRB等。
可选地，第一资源可以满足以下至少一项：
第一资源TDM，或FDM，或CDM；即不同的终端可以通过不同的资源进行区分；
第一资源由终端协作信息通知给第二终端。
在第一资源为TDM资源或FDM资源或CDM资源的情况下，可以避免收发两端(即第一终端和第二终端)同时在进行波束失败检测的情况下，发送或接收的与波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复相关的信令之间发生冲突。
第一资源由终端协作信息通知给第二终端，比如可以是，第一资源可以作为不推荐(non-preferred)资源通知给第二终端。在第一资源由终端协作信息通知给第二终端的情况下，可以避免出现收发两端(即第一终端和第二终端)因半双工等原因无法接收与波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复相关信令的情况。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第二终端在接收第一信息后，包括以下任一项：
在波束切换时刻或波束切换时刻之前，将发送波束切换至候选波束；
向第一终端发送第一响应，第一响应中包括确认信息，确认信息用于表征第二终端确认将原通信波束切换为候选波束；
向第一终端发送第一响应，第一响应中包含拒绝信息，拒绝信息用于表征第二终端拒绝将原通信波束切换为候选波束。
本实施例中，第二终端在接收到第一信息后，可以确认进行波束切换(即将原通信波束切换为候选波束)，也可以拒绝进行波束切换。此外，第二终端在确认进行波束切换或拒绝进行波束切换的情况下，也可以向第一终端发送相应的响应信息。以下将分别针对这多种情况进行说明。
在候选波束的数量为一个且第一终端可以在不等待第二终端的响应的情况下进行波束切换(此时第一终端的接收波束是特定的波束，预配置的波束，或者根据已有的波束测量信息确定的接收波束)，则第二终端在接收到第一信息后，可以确认是否进行波束切换，即是否将发送波束切换至候选波束。比如可以判断候选波束的通信质量是否高于门限值， 若是则可以确认进行波束切换并将发送波束切换至候选波束，若否，则可以拒绝进行波束切换。第二终端在确认进行波束切换的情况下，可以将原通信波束(即原发送波束)切换为候选波束，并通过候选波束向第一终端发送数据或约定信号，或者通过波束扫描等方式发送约定信号，这样第一终端可以通过接收到第二终端发送的数据或约定信号，确认第二终端同意进行波束切换，并针对切换后的发送波束的对应参考信号进行测量，从而确定一个合适的接收波束，由此可以实现波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复。由于在整个波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的过程中，第一终端可以在无需等待第二终端的响应的情况下完成波束切换，因此，可以缩短等待响应的时间及相关过程的时间，提高波束失败恢复的效率。
第二终端在确认不进行波束切换的情况下，即拒绝进行波束切换的情况下，可以不进行波束切换，也不使用候选波束向第一终端发送数据或约定信号。这样，针对第一终端而言，在设定时间(可以由协议预定义，或由网络侧配置或预配置，或由第一终端或第二终端配置)后，在通过候选波束对应的接收波束没有接收到第二终端的数据或约定信号的情况下，可以确认第二终端拒绝了将发送波束切换为候选波束，此时可以认为波束失败恢复失败或链路失败恢复失败。在波束失败恢复失败或链路失败恢复失败的情况下，第一终端可以进行波束测量或波束训练，以重新确定候选波束并基于重新确定的候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复。其中，第一终端通过波束测量的方式进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的具体实现可以参见图3所示的实施例，通过波束训练的方式进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的具体实现可以参见图4所示的实施例，这里都不再详细说明。
在候选波束的数量为一个或多个且第一终端需要等待第二终端的响应的情况下再确认是否进行波束切换，则第二终端在接收到第一信息后，可以向第一终端发送第一响应。可选地，第一响应可以包括以下至少一项：
确认信息，确认信息用于确认将原通信波束切换为候选波束；
拒绝信息，拒绝信息用于拒绝将原发送波束切换为候选波束(或者是用于表征继续使用当前波束进行通信的信息)；
目标波束的波束信息，目标波束为第二终端从候选波束中选择的波束；
第一终端的发送波束的波束信息，第一终端的发送波束由第二终端进行波束测量后确定，适用于第一终端和第二终端确定双向波束的场景；
波束切换时刻，用于告知第一终端从什么时候开始用新的波束进行通信，或者从什么时候开始可以针对发送波束进行测量，从而确定合适的接收波束。可以是绝对时间也可以是相对时间。
具体地，在候选波束的数量为一个的情况下，第二终端在接收到第一信息后，可以根 据候选波束的通信质量等因素确认是否将发送波束切换至候选波束。第二终端在确认进行波束切换的情况下，可以在第一信息指示的波束接收时刻(若有)或波束切换时刻之前进行波束切换，同时还可以向第一终端发送第一响应，第一终端在接收到该第一响应后，可以确认第二终端同意进行波束切换，然后第一终端可以确定一个新的接收波束，并在第一信息指示的波束切换时刻或波束切换时刻之前将接收波束切换至该与候选波束对应的接收波束上，由此可以实现波束失败恢复和链路失败恢复。由于在整个波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的过程中，第一终端可以根据已有信息确定候选波束进而基于候选波束实现波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复，因此，可以缩短通过波束测量或波束训练确定候选波束的时间，提高波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的效率。第二终端在拒绝进行波束切换的情况下，可以不进行波束切换，同时还可以向第一终端发送包含拒绝信息的第一响应，第一终端在接收到该第一响应后，可以确认第二终端拒绝了将发送波束切换为候选波束，此时，第一终端可以进行波束测量或波束训练，以重新确定候选波束并基于重新确定的候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复。其中，第一终端通过波束测量的方式进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的具体实现可以参见图3所示的实施例，通过波束训练的方式进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的具体实现可以参见图4所示的实施例，这里都不再详细说明。
在候选波束的数量为多个的情况下，第二终端在接收到第一信息后，可以根据候选波束的通信质量等因素确认多个候选波束中是否存在合适的波束，比如是否存在通信质量较好的波束，若存在，则第二终端可以确认进行波束切换，并将原通信波束切换至该波束(后续可以称为目标波束)，若不存在，则第二终端可以拒绝进行波束切换。第二终端在确认进行波束切换的情况下，可以在第一信息指示的波束接收时刻(若有)或波束切换时刻之前进行波束切换，同时还可以向第一终端发送包含目标波束的波束信息(可选地，可以包含波束切换时刻)的第一响应，第一终端在接收到该第一响应后，可以确认第二终端同意进行波束切换并基于目标波束的波束信息确认第二终端切换后的目标波束。之后，第一终端通过波束测量等过程确定一个合适的目标波束的接收波束。第一终端可以在第一信息指示的波束切换时刻(若有)或波束切换时刻之前将接收波束切换至与目标波束对应的接收波束上，或者，可以在第一响应指示的波束切换时刻(若有)或波束切换时刻之前将接收波束切换至与目标波束对应的接收波束上，由此可以实现波束失败恢复和链路失败恢复。由于在整个波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的过程中，第一终端可以根据已有信息确定候选波束进而基于候选波束实现波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复，因此，可以缩短通过波束测量或波束训练确定候选波束的时间，提高了波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的效率。
第二终端在拒绝进行波束切换的情况下，可以不进行波束切换，同时还可以向第一终 端发送包含拒绝信息的第一响应，第一终端在接收到该第一响应后，可以确认第二终端拒绝基于候选波束进行波束切换，此时，第一终端可以进行波束测量或波束训练，以重新确定候选波束并基于重新确定的候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复。其中，第一终端通过波束测量的方式进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的具体实现可以参见图3所示的实施例，通过波束训练的方式进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的具体实现可以参见图4所示的实施例，这里都不再详细说明。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第二终端在发送第一响应时，可以包括以下至少一项：
通过候选波束发送第一响应；
通过全向波束发送第一响应；
通过波束扫描的方式发送第一响应；
通过第二波束发送第一响应，第二波束为第二终端接收第一信息时使用的波束所对应的波束，第二波束的测量值大于预设阈值；
向第一终端发送PSFCH，PSFCH中承载有第一响应；
向第一终端发送PSSCH或PSCCH，PSSCH或PSCCH中承载有第一响应。
可选地，在通过发送PSFCH发送第一响应的情况下，具体可以是第二终端在PSFCH的特定位置上发送NACK信号或ACK信号，NACK信号或ACK信号可以表征第一响应。此PSFCH特定位置可以是网络配置/预配置，或终端配置的特定PRB集合。
可选地，在第一响应中包含拒绝信息的情况下，第二终端可以通过波束扫描的方式发送第一响应。这样，第一终端在接收第一响应后，在确定第二终端拒绝进行波束切换的情况下，可以进行波束测量或波束训练，以便根据测量结果或训练结果重新确定候选波束，进而基于新的候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第二终端在向第一终端发送第一响应时，第一响应的发送功率可以满足以下至少一项：
高于基于旁链路路径损耗(pathloss)确定的传输功率；
低于基于下行路径损耗确定的传输功率；
不基于旁链路路径损耗的功率控制机制发送第一响应，即忽略SL PL，例如按照广播的发送形式发送第一响应。
通过以上至少一项中的功率发送第一响应，可以提高第一响应的发送功率，进而提高传输可靠性。
在本申请实施例中，第一终端和第二终端在进行传输时，第一终端可以根据第二信息确定候选波束并将候选波束通过第一信息指示给第二终端。这样，通过定义如何进行波束 失败恢复或链路失败恢复，可以使得终端在波束失败或链路失败的情况下，可以基于波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的方法成功恢复波束或链路，保障通信的可靠性和连续性。
如图7所示，本申请实施例提供一种波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法700，该方法可以由第二终端执行，换言之，该方法可以由安装在第二终端的软件或硬件来执行，该波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法包括如下步骤。
S702：第二终端接收第一终端发送的第一请求，第一请求用于请求基于候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复，候选波束由第一终端进行波束测量后根据测量结果确定。
在sidelink的场景下，第一终端和第二终端在FR2 band上采用波束进行传输时，第一终端可以进行波束测量并确定候选波束，其中，波束测量的目的可以是确定候选波束，候选波束的个数可以是一个或多个，候选波束用于进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复。第一终端进行波束测量并根据波束测量结果确定候选波束的具体实现方式可以参见图3所示的实施例，这里不做具体限定。
第一终端在确定候选波束后，可以向第二终端发送第一请求，第二终端可以接收第一终端发送的第一请求。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第二终端在接收所述第一请求之前，还包括以下至少一项：
第二终端周期性发送用于波束测量的参考信号，参考信号对应多个波束；
接收第一终端发送的第三请求，第三请求由第一终端在进行波束测量之前发送，第三请求用于请求第二终端发送参考信号；第二终端向第一终端发送参考信号。
第一终端在进行波束测量时，可以基于第二终端发送的多个波束的参考信号对相应的多个波束进行波束测量。其中，参考信号可以是第二终端周期性发送的参考信号，当第一终端需要进行波束测量时，可以在无需触发第二终端发送参考信号的情况下，就可以对参考信号进行测量，以实现对参考信号对应的波束的测量。或者，参考信号也可以是由第一终端触发第二终端发送的参考信号。具体地，第一终端在需要进行波束测量时，可以向第二终端发送用于请求第二终端发送参考信号的第三请求(可以是BFR request)，第二终端接收到第三请求后，可以向第一终端发送参考信号，这样，第一终端可以对第二终端发送的参考信号进行测量，从而实现对参考信号对应的波束的测量。可选地，第二终端发送的参考信号可以是CSI-RS和/或SSB等。
可选地，参考信号的发送周期可以由协议预定义，或由网络侧配置或预配置，或由第一终端或第二终端配置或指示。
可选地，参考信号中还可以包括原通信波束对应的参考信号，这样第一终端在进行波束测量时，可以对原通信波束进行测量。
在参考信号由第二终端周期性发送的情况下，第二终端周期性发送用于波束测量的参考信号，可以包括以下至少一项：
向第一终端发送缓存的传输块(Transport Block，TB)，缓存的TB中携带有参考信号；
在没有数据发送的情况下，向第一终端发送填充TB，填充TB中携带有参考信号；
在检测到Y个波束失败案例(Beam failure instance，BFI)BFI的情况下发送参考信号；
在检测到波束失败或链路失败的情况下发送参考信号；
在检测到波束质量低于预设门限值的情况下发送参考信号；
在时间Z内没有接收到第一信号的情况下发送参考信号，第一信号由协议预定义，或由网络侧配置或预配置，或由第一终端或第二终端配置或预配置。
BFI可以表征由于障碍物阻挡等原因导致的一段时间内的波束质量较差或非正常通信等。上述Y和Z的取值都可以由协议预定义，或由网络侧配置或预配置，或由第一终端或第二终端配置或预配置。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第二终端接收到的第一请求可以包括以下至少一项：
候选波束的标识；
第一终端的标识；
候选波束的测量结果；
波束切换时刻。
候选波束的标识可以是候选波束的序号，参考信号ID，TCI state，QCL信息，资源标识(比如发送的时域，频域或码域的标识)等。
波束切换时刻可以用于告知第二终端从什么时候开始用新的波束(即候选波束)进行切换或通信。波束切换时刻可以是绝对时间，也可以是相对时间，比如相对于第一终端发送第一请求的时刻。
候选波束的测量结果，比如可以是候选波束的排序、测量值大于预设阈值的候选波束的标识或数量等。
第二终端接收第一终端发送的第一请求时，可选地，可以包括以下至少一项：
通过波束扫描的方式接收第一终端发送的第一请求；
通过全向波束接收第一终端发送的第一请求；
通过原通信波束接收第一终端发送的第一请求；
通过与候选波束方向相同的波束接收第一终端发送的第一请求；
接收第一终端发送的PSFCH，PSFCH中承载有第一请求；
接收第一终端发送的PSSCH和/或PSCCH，PSSCH和/或PSCCH中承载有第一请求或第二请求。
可选地，第二终端接收第一请求的具体方式可以和第一终端发送第一请求的具体方式相对应。比如，若第一终端通过原通信波束向第二终端发送第一请求，则第二终端可以通过原通信波束接收第一请求。
上述通过波束扫描的方式接收第一请求可以用于确定第一终端和第二终端双方的发送波束的场景，具体地，第一终端通过波束扫描的方式向第二终端发送第一请求，以请求第二终端对自己的发送波束进行切换，波束扫描的方式可以提高第二终端接收到第一请求的成功率。同时，第二终端可以通过波束扫描对第一终端发送的第一请求进行测量，根据测量结果确定第一终端的候选波束，然后基于候选波束向第一终端发送请求，以请求第一终端对自己的发送波束也进行切换，从而实现对第一终端和第二终端双方的发送波束进行切换的目的。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第二终端通过波束扫描的方式接收第一终端发送的第一请求，可以包括以下任一项：
重复进行波束扫描直至接收到第一请求；
进行波束扫描直至接收到第一请求；
在一个方向接收第一请求后切换至另一个方向，每个方向上接收M次第一请求直至接收到第一请求，M为大于等于1的整数。
也就是说，第二终端在通过波束扫描的方式接收第一请求时，可以是每次扫描时都在多个波束方向上进行，即每次扫描都进行多个波束方向上的扫描，或者，也可以在一个波束方向上进行M次扫描后再切换到下一个波束方向上进行M次扫描，如此在多个波束方向上进行循环扫描，或者，也可以是其他扫描方式。其中，不论哪种波束扫描方式，都可以在接收到第一请求时停止扫描。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第二终端接收第一终端发送的PSFCH，可以包括：
在PSFCH的特定位置上接收第一终端发送的ACK信号或NACK信号，ACK信号或NACK信号表征第一请求。第二终端在特定位置上检测到ACK信号或NACK信号，就认为第一终端发起了波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复过程。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第二终端在接收到第一终端发送的第一请求后，还可以执行以下至少一项操作：
从第一请求指示的多个候选波束的选择一个目标波束作为新的发送波束；
将发送波束切换到选择的目标波束或第一请求指示的一个候选波束；
在拒绝将发送波束切换为第一请求指示的候选波束的情况下，执行波束扫描；
向第一终端发送第一响应；
进行波束测量；根据测量结果确定第一终端的发送波束；
停止检测波束是否失败或链路是否失败；
停止发送波束失败恢复请求或链路失败恢复请求。
具体地，第二终端在接收到第一请求后，在候选波束的数量为一个的情况下，可以根据候选波束的通信质量等因素确认是否将发送波束切换至候选波束。第二终端在确认进行波束切换的情况下，可以在第一请求指示的波束接收时刻(若有)或波束切换时刻之前进行波束切换，同时还可以向第一终端发送第一响应，第一终端在接收到该第一响应后，可以确认第二终端同意进行波束切换，然后第一终端可以确定一个新的接收波束，并在第一请求指示的波束切换时刻或波束切换时刻之前将接收波束切换至该新的接收波束上，由此可以实现波束失败恢复和链路失败恢复。第二终端在拒绝进行波束切换的情况下，可以不进行波束切换，同时还可以向第一终端发送包含拒绝信息的第一响应，第一终端在接收到该第一响应后，可以确认第二终端拒绝了将发送波束切换为候选波束，此时，第一终端可以进行波束测量或波束训练，以重新确定候选波束并基于重新确定的候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复。其中，第一终端通过波束测量的方式进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的具体实现可以参见图3所示的实施例，通过波束训练的方式进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的具体实现可以参见图4所示的实施例，这里都不再详细说明。
在候选波束的数量为多个的情况下，第二终端在接收到第一请求后，可以根据候选波束的通信质量等因素确认多个候选波束中是否存在合适的波束，比如是否存在通信质量较好的波束，若存在，则第二终端可以确认进行波束切换，并将原通信波束切换至该波束(后续可以称为目标波束)，若不存在，则第二终端可以拒绝进行波束切换。或者，在第一终端通过波束扫描的方式发送第一请求的情况下，第二终端可以通过波束测量的方式确认最终选择的目标波束。
第二终端在确认进行波束切换的情况下，可以在第一请求指示的波束接收时刻(若有)或波束切换时刻之前进行波束切换，同时还可以向第一终端发送包含目标波束的波束信息(可选地，可以包含波束切换时刻)的第一响应，第一终端在接收到该第一响应后，可以确认第二终端同意进行波束切换并基于目标波束的波束信息确认第二终端切换后的目标波束。之后，第一终端通过波束测量等过程确定一个合适的目标波束的接收波束。第一终端可以在第一请求指示的波束切换时刻(若有)或波束切换时刻之前将接收波束切换至与目标波束对应的接收波束上，或者，可以在第一响应指示的波束切换时刻(若有)或波束 切换时刻之前将接收波束切换至与目标波束对应的接收波束上，由此可以实现波束失败恢复和链路失败恢复。
第二终端在拒绝进行波束切换的情况下，可以不进行波束切换，同时还可以向第一终端发送包含拒绝信息的第一响应，第一终端在接收到该第一响应后，可以确认第二终端拒绝基于候选波束进行波束切换，此时，第一终端可以进行波束测量或波束训练，以重新确定候选波束并基于重新确定的候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复。其中，第一终端通过波束测量的方式进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的具体实现可以参见图3所示的实施例，通过波束训练的方式进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的具体实现可以参见图4所示的实施例，这里都不再详细说明。
可选地，第二终端在拒绝将发送波束切换为第一请求指示的候选波束的情况下，还可以执行波束扫描，以便第一终端重新进行波束测量并根据波束测量结果确定新的候选波束，并基于新的候选波束重新进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复。
可选地，在确定第一终端和第二终端双向的发送波束的场景下，第二终端在接收到第一请求后，还可以进行测量，并根据测量结果确定第一终端的发送波束(即第一终端的候选波束)。之后，可以将发送波束的波束信息携带在第一响应中发送给第一终端，第一终端可以根据第一响应中携带的发送波束的波束信息确认是否对自己的发送波束进行切换，从而实现对第一终端和第二终端双方的发送波束进行切换的目的。这样，在通信的双向都容易发生波束失败或链路失败的场景下，第一终端和第二终端可以无需独立发送用于进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的请求或者说发起两个波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的流程。
可选地，在第一终端和第二终端同时对第二终端的发送波束进行波束失败检测或链路失败检测的情况下，第二终端在接收到第一请求后，可以停止检测波束是否失败或链路是否失败，以避免不必要的资源浪费。
可选地，在在第一终端和第二终端同时都对第二终端的发送波束进行波束失败检测或链路失败检测的情况下，第二终端在接收到第一请求后，可以停止发送波束失败恢复请求或链路失败恢复请求，以避免不必要的资源浪费。
在第二终端接收到第一请求并执行上述操作的情况下，相应的，第二终端可以向第一终端发送第一响应。其中，第一响应中可以包括：
确认信息，确认信息用于确认将原通信波束切换为候选波束；
拒绝信息，拒绝信息用于拒绝将原发送波束切换为候选波束(或者是用于表征继续使用当前波束进行通信的信息)；
目标波束的波束信息，目标波束为第二终端从候选波束中选择的波束；
第一终端的发送波束的波束信息，第一终端的发送波束由第二终端进行波束测量后确定，适用于确定第一终端和第二终端双向的发送波束的场景；
波束切换时刻，用于告知第一终端从什么时候开始用新的波束进行通信，可以是绝对时间也可以是相对时间。
第二终端发送的第一响应中包含的具体信息可以与第二终端在接收到第一请求后执行的操作相关，具体可以参见上述对第二终端接收到第一请求后执行的操作的相关描述，这里不再重复说明。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第二终端向第一终端发送第一响应，可以包括以下至少一项：
通过候选波束发送第一响应；
通过全向波束发送第一响应；
通过波束扫描的方式发送第一响应；
通过第二波束发送第一响应，第二波束为第二终端接收第一请求时使用的波束所对应的波束，第二波束的测量值大于预设阈值；
向第一终端发送PSFCH，PSFCH中承载有第一响应；
向第一终端发送PSSCH或PSCCH，PSSCH或PSCCH中承载有第一响应。
可选地，第二终端向第一终端发送PSFCH，可以包括：
在PSFCH的特定位置上向第一终端发送NACK信号或ACK信号，NACK信号或所述ACK信号表征第一响应。此PSFCH特定位置可以是网络配置/预配置，或终端配置的特定PRB集合。
可选地，在第一响应中包含拒绝信息的情况下，第二终端可以通过波束扫描的方式发送第一响应，相应的，第一终端可以通过波束扫描的方式接收第一响应。这样，第一终端在接收第一响应后，在确定第二终端拒绝进行波束切换的情况下，可以进行波束测量或波束训练，以便根据测量结果或训练结果重新确定候选波束，进而基于新的候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第二终端在向第一终端发送第一响应时，第一响应的发送功率可以满足以下至少一项：
高于基于旁链路路径损耗确定的传输功率；
低于基于下行路径损耗确定的传输功率；
不基于旁链路路径损耗的功率控制机制发送所述第一响应。
通过以上至少一项中的功率发送第一响应，可以提高第一响应的发送功率，进而提高传输可靠性。
在本申请实施例中，第一终端和第二终端在进行传输时，第一终端根据波束测量结果确定候选波束并请求第二终端基于候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复。这样，通过定义如何进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复，可以使得终端在波束失败或链路失败的情况下，可以基于波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的方法成功恢复波束或链路，保障通信的可靠性和连续性。
如图8所示，本申请实施例提供一种波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法800，该方法可以由第二终端执行，换言之，该方法可以由安装在第二终端的软件或硬件来执行，该波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法包括如下步骤。
S802：第二终端接收第一终端发送的第二请求，第二请求用于请求基于候选波束进行波束切换，候选波束由第一终端根据参考信号进行波束训练后根据训练结果确定。
在sidelink的场景下，第一终端和第二终端在FR2 band上采用波束进行传输时，第一终端可以进行波束训练并根据训练结果确定候选波束。其中，波束训练的目的可以是确定候选波束，候选波束的个数可以是一个，候选波束用于进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复。第一终端进行波束训练并根据训练结果确定候选波束的具体实现方式可以参见图4所示的实施例，这里不再重复说明。
第一终端在确定候选波束后，可以向第二终端发送第二请求。第二终端可以接收第一终端发送的第二请求。其中，可选地，第二请求可以包括以下至少一项：
候选波束的标识；
第一终端的标识；
候选波束的测量结果；
波束切换时刻。
候选波束的标识可以是候选波束的序号，参考信号ID，TCI state，QCL，资源标识(比如发送的时域，频域或码域的标识)等。
波束切换时刻可以用于告知第二终端从什么时候开始用新的波束(即候选波束)进行通信。波束切换时刻可以是绝对时间，也可以是相对时间，比如相对于第一终端发送第一请求的时刻。
候选波束的测量结果，比如可以是候选波束的排序、测量值大于预设阈值的候选波束的标识或数量等。
第二终端在接收第一终端发送的第二请求时，可选地，可以包括以下至少一项：
通过波束扫描的方式接收第一终端发送的第二请求；
通过全向波束接收第一终端发送的第二请求；
通过原通信波束接收第一终端发送的第二请求；
通过与候选波束方向相同的波束接收第一终端发送的第二请求；
接收第一终端发送的PSFCH，PSFCH中承载有第二请求；
接收第一终端发送的PSSCH和/或PSCCH，PSSCH和/或PSCCH中承载有第二请求。
可选地，第二终端对第二请求的接收方式可以与第一终端对第二请求的发送方式相对应。比如，若第一终端通过原通信波束发生第二请求，则第二终端可以通过原通信波束接收第二请求。
上述通过波束扫描的方式接收第二请求可以用于确定第一终端和第二终端双方的发送波束的场景。具体地，第一终端通过波束扫描的方式向第二终端发送第二请求，以请求第二终端对自己的发送波束进行切换，同时，第二终端可以对第一终端通过波束扫描发送的第二请求进行测量，根据测量结果确定候选波束，然后基于候选波束向第一终端发送请求，以请求第一终端对自己的发送波束进行切换，从而实现对第一终端和第二终端双方的发送波束进行切换的目的。
可选地，第二终端通过波束扫描的方式接收第一终端发送的第二请求，可以包括以下任一项：
重复进行波束扫描直至接收到第二请求；
进行波束扫描直至接收到第二请求；
在一个方向接收第二请求后切换至另一个方向，每个方向上接收M次第二请求直至接收到第二请求，M为大于等于1的整数。
也就是说，第二终端在通过波束扫描的方式接收第二请求时，可以是每次扫描时都在多个波束方向上进行，即每次扫描都进行多个波束方向上的扫描，或者，也可以在一个波束方向上进行M次扫描后再切换到下一个波束方向上进行M次扫描，如此在多个波束方向上进行循环扫描，或者，也可以是其他扫描方式。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第二终端接收第一终端发送的PSFCH，可以包括：
在PSFCH的特定位置上接收第一终端发送的ACK信号或NACK信号，ACK信号或NACK信号表征第二请求。
本实施例中，为了便于第一终端进行波束训练，可选地，第二终端可以向第一终端发送用于波束训练的参考信号。比如，可以在配置的资源集合，收发双端约定的资源上，向第一终端发送用于波束训练的参考信号。
可选地，第二终端向第一终端发送用于波束训练的参考信号时，可以周期性发送用于波束训练的参考信号。可选地，参考信号的发送周期由协议预定义，或由网络侧配置或预配置，或由第一终端或第二终端配置或指示。参考信号中可以包括原通信波束对应的参考信号，这样第一终端在进行波束训练时，可以对原通信波束进行测量。其中，参考信号可以是CSI-RS或SSB等。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第二终端在周期性发送用于波束训练或波束测量的参考信号，可以包括以下至少一项：
向第一终端发送缓存的传输块TB，缓存的TB中携带有参考信号；
在没有数据发送的情况下，向第一终端发送填充TB，填充TB中携带有参考信号；
在检测到Y个BFI的情况下发送参考信号；
在检测到波束失败或链路失败的情况下发送参考信号；
在检测到波束质量低于预设门限值的情况下发送参考信号；
在时间Z内没有接收到第一信号的情况下发送参考信号，第一信号由协议预定义，或由网络侧配置或预配置，或由第一终端或第二终端配置或预配置。
BFI可以表征由于障碍物阻挡等原因导致的一段时间内的波束质量较差或非正常通信等。上述Y和Z的取值都可以由协议预定义，或由网络侧配置或预配置，或由第一终端或第二终端配置或预配置。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第二终端在周期性发送用于波束训练的参考信号的情况下，还可以包括：
在参考信号的每个发送周期进行一次波束训练。
可选地，第二终端在进行波束训练时，波束训练的波束范围根据BFI的数量确定。其中，波束训练的波束范围根据BFI的数量确定，具体可以是：
在BFI的数量小于第一门限值的情况下，波束训练的波束与原通信波束空间相关性大于第一预设值，即，若原通信波束的通信质量较好，则原通信波束失败的可能性较小，在这种情况下，可以以原通信波束为中心确定新的波束，不需要引入过多差异性很大的波束进行波束训练；
在BFI的数量大于第二门限值的情况下，波束训练的波束与原通信波束空间相关性小于第二预设值，即，若原通信波束的通信质量较差，则原通信波束失败的可能性较大，在这种情况下，需要通过波束训练确定新的波束，且需要引入一些与原波束差异性很大的波束进行波束训练。
S804：第二终端将发送波束切换至候选波束。
第二终端在接收到第二请求后，在确认进行波束切换的情况下，可以将发送波束切换为第二请求指示的候选波束。比如，若第二请求中指示了波束切换时刻，则第二终端可以在第二请求指示的波束切换时刻或波束切换时刻之前，将发送波束切换为第二请求指示的候选波束。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第二终端在将发送波束切换至候选波束后，还可以包括：
通过候选波束向第一终端发送参考信号，参考信号用于第一终端确定与候选波束对应的接收波束。
针对第一终端而言，第一终端在接收到参考信号后，可以对参考信号进行测量，并根据测量结果确定与候选波束对应的接收波束。这样，第一终端可以通过与候选波束对应的接收波束和第二终端进行通信，成功恢复波束或链路，保障通信的可靠性和连续性。
在本申请实施例中，第一终端和第二终端在进行传输时，第一终端根据波束训练结果确定候选波束，并请求第二终端基于候选波束进行波束切换。这样，通过定义如何进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复，可以使得终端在波束失败或链路失败的情况下，可以基于波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的方法成功恢复波束或链路，保障通信的可靠性和连续性。
如图9所示，本申请实施例提供一种波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法900，该方法可以由第二终端执行，换言之，该方法可以由安装在第二终端的软件或硬件来执行，该波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法包括如下步骤。
S902：第二终端在确定波束失败或链路失败的情况下，向第一终端发送指示信息，指示信息用于指示第一终端进行波束测量或波束训练，或指示信息用于指示新的波束。
在sidelink的场景下，第一终端和第二终端在FR2 band上采用波束进行传输时，根据信道互易性，可以由第二终端判断波束是否失败或链路是否失败。第二终端在检测到波束失败或链路失败的情况下，可以向第一终端发送指示信息。其中，指示信息用于指示第一终端进行波束测量或波束训练，或用于指示新的波束。
可选地，作为一个实施例，第二终端向第一终端发送指示信息，可以包括以下至少一项：
通过全向波束发送指示信息；
通过原通信波束发送指示信息；
通过波束扫描的方式发送指示信息。
可选地，在指示信息用于指示第一终端进行波束测量或波束训练的情况下，该指示信息还用于指示以下至少一项：
指示第一终端通过波束训练过程重新确定通信波束；
指示第一终端上报候选波束的测量结果；
指示第一终端上报候选波束；
指示用于波束训练或波束测量的参考信号的发送位置。
可选地，第二终端在向第一终端发送指示信息后，还可以包括以下任一项：
接收第一终端上报的候选波束，候选波束由第一终端根据指示信息进行波束测量或波束训练后，根据波束测量结果或波束训练结果确定；
接收第一终端发送的波束测量结果或波束训练结果；根据波束测量结果或波束训练结果确定新的发送波束。
具体地，第一终端在接收到指示信息后，可以基于指示信息进行波束测量或波束训练，并根据波束测量结果或波束训练结果确定候选波束。其中，第一终端进行波束测量或波束训练的具体实现方式，以及根据波束测量结果或波束训练结果确定候选波束的具体实现方式可以参见上述图3或图4所示实施例中的相应内容，这里不再详细说明。第一终端在确定候选波束后，可以将候选波束上报给第二终端，比如，可以通过向第二终端发送第一请求或第二请求的方式将候选波束上报给第二终端。其中，第一请求和第二请求的解释说明可以参见图3或图4所示实施例中的相应内容，第一终端发送第一请求或第二请求的具体实现也可以参见图3或图4所示实施例中的相应内容，这里都不再详细说明。此外，第一终端在得到波束测量结果或波束训练结果后，还可以将这些结果发送给第二终端，由第二终端根据这些结果确定候选波束。
第二终端在接收到候选波束后，可以确认是否进行波束切换，具体实现方式可以参见图3或图4所示实施例中的相应内容，这里不再重复说明。此外，第二终端在接收到波束测量结果或波束训练结果后，可以根据这些结果确定候选波束，并基于候选波束进行波束切换，以实现波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的目的，具体实现方式也可以参见图3或图4所示实施例中的相应内容，这里也不再重复说明。
可选地，第二终端在确定波束失败或链路失败的情况下，还包括以下至少一项：
触发波束训练，比如可以每个周期进行一次波束训练；
触发参考信号的波束扫描。
第二终端在进行波束训练或波束扫描的情况下，可以确定新的波束，然后通过指示信息将新的波束指示给第一终端。第一终端在接收到指示信息后，可以基于指示的波束进行波束切换，具体实现方式可以参见图3或图4所示实施例中的相应内容，这里也不再重复说明。
在本申请实施例中，第一终端和第二终端在进行传输时，第二终端在检测到波束失败 或链路失败的情况下，指示第一终端进行波束测量或波束训练，向第一终端或指示新的波束。这样，通过定义如何进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复，可以使得终端在波束失败或链路失败的情况下，可以基于波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的方法成功恢复波束或链路，保障通信的可靠性和连续性。
需要说明的是，第一终端在进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复时，可以基于图2至图5所示的至少一个实施例实现。比如，第一终端在基于图2所示的实施例进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复时，若第二终端拒绝进行波束切换，则第一终端可以继续基于图3或图4所示的实施例进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复。再比如，第一终端在基于图5所示的实施例进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复时，在接收到第二终端的指示信息，且该指示信息用于指示第一终端进行波束测量或波束训练的情况下，第一终端可以基于图3或图4所示的实施例进行波束测量或波束训练，进而进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复。相应的，第二终端在进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复时，也可以基于图6至图9所示的至少一个实施例实现。
为了便于理解本申请实施例提供的技术方案，可以以以下几个实施例为例进行说明。
实施例一：终端通过波束测量的方式进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复
当接收端检测到波束失败后，可以进行波束测量，并根据测量结果选择其中的一个波束作为新的波束，或者选择多个波束作为候选波束并由发送端选择其中一个波束作为新的波束进行波束切换。新的波束或候选波束的信息或测量结果等可以通过BFR request发送给发送端。在向发送端发送BFR request时，可以有多种实现方式。例如，为了保证发送端可以接收到BFR request，可以利用全向波束或者波束扫描的方法发送BFR request。或者，也可以通过原通信波束发送BFR request，这是因为假如sidelink的收发两端同时在针对对端的发送波束进行波束失败检测，那么在收到另一端的BFR request之前，可以暂时认为自己的发送波束是正常的，因此可以用原通信波束发送request。或者，还可以通过选择的新的波束对应的波束发送BFR request。
发送端在接收到request后，可以知晓当前的通信波束失败，并可以根据BFR request的信息确定下一步动作。以候选波束中包含一个波束为例进行说明，具体可以分为以下两种实现方式。
第一种实现方式可以参见图10，具体可以包括以下步骤：
步骤0：接收端向发送端发送BFR request，BFR request中携带有一个候选波束。
接收端在检测到波束失败或链路失败的情况下，或达到预设时间段的情况下，可以向发送端发送BFR request，BFR request中携带有一个候选波束，该候选波束可以是根据已 有的或最新的第二信息(可以参见上述图2或图5实施例中的第二信息)确定得到，也可以是通过波束测量或波束训练得到。
步骤1：发送端向接收端发送BFR Response，BFR Response中包含确认信息。
发送端在确认进行波束切换的情况下，可以向接收端发送BFR Response，BFR Response中包含确认信息。其中，BFR Response中的信息可以携带波束切换的时间，便于收发两端进行同步。
步骤2：接收端进行波束测量，根据测量结果确定一个合适的接收波束。
步骤3：接收端将接收波束切换到候选波束对应的接收波束上。
第二种实现方式可以参见图11，具体可以包括以下步骤：
步骤0：接收端向发送端发送BFR request，BFR request中携带有一个候选波束。
步骤1：发送端向接收端发送BFR Response，BFR Response中包含拒绝信息。
发送端在拒绝进行波束切换的情况下，可以向接收端发送BFR Response，BFR Response中包含拒绝信息。
步骤0和步骤1与上述图10所示的步骤0和步骤1相同。
步骤2：接收端向发送端发送BFR request，BFR request中包含用于触发发送端进行波束扫描的信息。
接收端在接收到包含拒绝信息的BFR Response后，可以知晓发送端拒绝了进行波束切换，此时，接收端可以向发送端发送BFR request，该BFR request与步骤0中的BFR request同为请求信息，但是包含的内容不同。本步骤中的BFR request包含用于触发发送端进行波束扫描的信息。
步骤3：发送端进行波束扫描，以协助接收端重新确定候选波束。
步骤4：接收端进行波束测量，根据测量结果确定候选波束。
步骤5：接收端再次向发送端发送BFR request，BFR request中携带候选波束。
步骤6：发送端向接收端发送BFR Response。
发送端在确认进行波束切换的情况下，可以向接收端发送BFR Response，BFR Response中包含确认信息。发送端在拒绝进行波束切换的情况下，可以向接收端发送BFR Response，BFR Response中包含拒绝信息，然后可以重复执行步骤3至步骤6，直至成功恢复波束或链路为止。
步骤7：接收端进行波束测量，根据测量结果确定一个合适的接收波束。
实施例二：终端快速进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复
波束失败恢复流程需要收发两端进行较多的动作，耗费的时间可能会很长。因此，需要考虑一些快速BFR的流程，缩短整个BFR的过程，节省时间。
例如，接收端在整个通信过程中，可能会多次进行波束测量。因此，当接收端缓存了一些测量结果时，就可以先使用已有的测量结果确定候选波束，或者是选择收发两端配置好的候选波束，发送BFR request。如果发送端确定了该候选波束可以使用(例如，测量值高于门限值)，就可以回复BFR response。接收端接收到BFR response后，就可以切换到候选波束的接受，从而快速恢复了通信波束。如果发送端回复了拒绝等信息，就触发正常的波束失败恢复流程。
例外，当接收端发送BFR request后，可以直接切换到对候选波束的接收上，而不再等待BFR response。如果接收端一直没有接收到数据或约定信号等，再触发正常的波束失败恢复流程。对发送端来说，当接收到BFR request信息后，直接切换到候选波束即可。如果发送端判断不能使用接收端指示的候选波束进行通信时，可以发送拒绝信息，或者发送信息触发正常的波束失败恢复流程。
实施例三：确定收发两端双向的发送波束
由于通信过程大多数是终端即会发送数据，又会接收数据。而波束失败通常是由终端作为接收端的时候检测到的，因此发起的波束失败恢复流程。而这个波束失败恢复流程可能仅可以确定一个新的发送波束，但是此时作为接收端的终端可能接下来还要作为发送端。由于障碍物等一般会同时影响双向的波束，此时如果还采用原发送波束，通信的可靠性可能也无法保障。
一种方法是，终端依靠发起BFR仅确定对端的发送波束，自己的发送波束就靠对端如果也检测到波束失败了，同样会发起BFR，确定合适的发送波束。即互相独立。
还有一种方法是，通信双方的任意一端在检测到波束失败，发起BFR时，利用BFR流程同时确定双方的发送波束。例如，当接收端发送BFR request的方式是采用波束扫描机制发送的，那么发送端在接受BFR request时，同时测量这些波束，就可以确定一个接收端最优的发送波束。所以在BFR response中，可以同时携带发送端确定的接收端发送波束信息，用于通知接收端在发送信息与发送端通信时采用此波束。这样，就完成了双向发送波束的确定。这个过程需要接收端在发送BFR request时，不止进行一次的波束扫描。为了保障发送端可以完成测量，可以进行多次波束扫描，直到接收到BFR response信息。又例如，接收端在发送BFR request时，可以重复的在一个波束方向上发送多次BFR request信息，每隔一个预设的时间，再切换到下一个方向。而发送端通过测量BFR request信息， 在根据测量值选择一个合适的候选波束后，再发送BFR response.此时，接收端就可以根据BFR response的时间或携带的信息确定一个新的发送波束。
实施例四：由发送端执行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复
基于信道互易性，发送端也可以通过测量接收端发送的参考信号判断波束是否失败，进而执行BFR。但是，由于发送波束需要由接收端确定，或者根据接收端的测量结果确定，因此，当发送端检测到BF后，需要发送第一指示信息指示接收端执行波束测量或波束训练等过程，接收端在接收到第一指示信息后，或者执行完整的波束训练过程，确定新的通信波束，或者对发送端发送的参考信号进行测量，并上报给发送端，从而确定新的通信波束。
实施例五：用于波束训练/波束测量参考信号的发送
当终端检测到波束失败后，需要接收端测量参考信号从而进行候选波束的选择等动作。这样就要求发送端发送波束训练，波束测量或候选波束的相关参考信号，供接收端进行测量等动作。一种可能是参考信号的动态发送，即当发送端接收到BFR request后，触发参考信号的发送。另一种可能是参考信号周期性的发送。这样的话，接收端检测到Beam failure后，就可以直接对这些周期性发送的参考信号进行测量，从而可以直接在BFR request中上报候选波束。
除此之外，周期性的发送用于波束训练的参考信号还可以使能周期性地进行波束训练的机制，可以降低波束失败甚至链路失败的概率。
在本申请实施例中，第一终端和第二终端在进行传输时，第一终端可以根据第二信息确定候选波束并将候选波束通过第一信息指示给第二终端，或第一终端根据波束测量结果确定候选波束并请求第二终端基于候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复，或第一终端根据波束训练结果确定候选波束，并请求第二终端基于候选波束进行波束切换，或第二终端在检测到波束失败或链路失败的情况下，指示第一终端进行波束测量或波束训练，向第一终端或指示新的波束。这样，通过定义如何进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复，可以使得终端在波束失败或链路失败的情况下，可以基于波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的方法成功恢复波束或链路，保障通信的可靠性和连续性。
本申请实施例提供的波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法，执行主体可以为波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复装置。本申请实施例中以波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复装置执行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法为例，说明本申请实施例提供的波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复 装置。
图12是根据本申请实施例的波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复装置的结构示意图，该装置可以对应于其他实施例中的第一终端。如图12所示，装置1200包括如下模块。
确定模块1201，用于根据第二信息确定候选波束；发送模块1202，用于向第二终端发送第一信息，所述第一信息为基于所述候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的信息；
测量模块1203，用于进行波束测量；所述确定模块1201，用于根据测量结果确定候选波束；所述发送模块1202，用于向所述第二终端发送第一请求，所述第一请求用于请求基于所述候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复；
训练模块1204，用于进行波束训练；所述确定模块1201，用于根据训练结果确定候选波束；所述发送模块1202，用于向所述第二终端发送第二请求，所述第二请求用于请求基于所述候选波束进行波束切换；
接收模块1205，用于接收指示信息，所述指示信息由所述第二终端在确定波束失败或链路失败的情况下发送，所述指示信息用于指示所述第一终端进行波束测量或波束训练，或所述指示信息用于指示新的波束。
可选地，作为一个实施例，包括以下至少一项：
在确定波束失败或链路失败的情况下，所述确定模块1201，用于根据第二信息确定候选波束，或所述测量模块1203，用于进行波束测量，或所述训练模块1204，用于进行波束训练；
所述确定模块1201，用于每隔预设时间段根据第二信息确定候选波束，或所述测量模块1203，用于每隔预设时间段进行波束测量，或所述训练模块1204，用于每隔预设时间段进行波束训练。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述预设时间段满足以下至少一项：
所述预设时间段的长度与波束的宽窄有关；
所述预设时间段的长度与波束训练的类型有关；
所述预设时间段的长度与信道占有率或信道繁忙率有关；
所述预设时间段的长度由协议预定义，或由网络侧配置或预配置，或由所述第一终端或所述第二终端配置。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述第二信息包括以下至少一项：
预先对多个波束进行测量得到的测量信息，或缓存的波束的测量信息；
波束的配置或预配置信息；
所述第一终端和所述第二终端最新确定或协商的波束信息。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述确定模块1201，用于以下至少一项：
根据所述多个波束的测量信息，从所述多个波束中选择候选波束，所述候选波束的测量值高于所述多个波束中的其他波束；
将所述配置或预配置信息中配置的波束确定为候选波束；
将所述第一终端和所述第二终端最新确定或协商的波束确定为候选波束。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述发送模块1202，用于：
在第一资源上发送所述第一信息，所述第一资源由协议预定义，或由网络侧配置或预配置，或由所述第一终端或所述第二终端选择或配置。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述第一资源满足以下至少一项：
所述第一资源时分复用TDM，或频分复用FDM，或码分复用CDM；
所述第一资源由终端协作信息通知给所述第二终端。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
所述候选波束的标识；
所述第一终端的标识；
波束切换时刻。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述第一信息为波束失败恢复请求或链路失败恢复请求。
可选地，作为一个实施例，还包括以下任一项：
波束切换模块1206，用于在波束切换时刻或波束切换时刻之前，将接收波束切换至与所述候选波束对应的接收波束上；
所述接收模块1205，用于接收所述第二终端的第一响应；
所述波束切换模块1206，用于在接收到所述第二终端的第一响应的情况下，将接收波束切换至与所述候选波束对应的接收波束上；
所述波束切换模块1206，用于在接收到所述第二终端的第一响应且所述第一响应中包含确认信息的情况下，将接收波束切换至与所述候选波束对应的接收波束上，所述确认信息用于确认将原通信波束切换为所述候选波束；
所述测量模块1203或所述训练模块1204，用于在接收到所述第二终端的所述第一响应且所述第一响应中包含拒绝信息的情况下，进行波束测量或波束训练，所述拒绝信息用于拒绝将原通信波束切换为所述候选波束。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述测量模块1203或所述训练模块1204，还用于：
在设定时间后，在没有接收到所述第二终端的数据或约定信号的情况下，进行波束测 量或波束训练。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述测量模块1203，用于以下至少一项：
对第一波束进行波束测量，所述第一波束由网络侧配置或预配置，或由所述第一终端配置或预配置，或由所述第二终端配置或预配置；
对所述第二终端周期性发送的用于波束训练或波束测量的参考信号进行测量，所述参考信号对应多个波束；
对所述第二终端根据第三请求发送的所述参考信号进行测量，所述第三请求由所述第一终端在进行波束测量之前发送，所述第三请求用于请求所述第二终端发送所述参考信号。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述第一请求或所述第二请求包括以下至少一项：
所述候选波束的标识；
所述第一终端的标识；
所述候选波束的测量结果；
波束切换时刻。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述发送模块1202，用于以下至少一项：
通过波束扫描的方式向所述第二终端发送所述第一请求或所述第二请求；
通过全向波束向所述第二终端发送所述第一请求或所述第二请求；
通过原通信波束向所述第二终端发送所述第一请求或所述第二请求；
通过所述候选波束对应的波束向所述第二终端发送所述第一请求或所述第二请求；
将所述第一请求或所述第二请求承载在物理旁链路反馈信道PSFCH上发送给所述第二终端；
将所述第一请求或所述第二请求承载在物理旁链路共享信道PSSCH和/或物理旁链路控制信道PSCCH上发送给所述第二终端。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述发送模块1202，用于以下任一项：
重复进行波束扫描直至接收到所述第二终端发送的对所述第一请求的第一响应；
进行波束扫描直至接收到所述第二终端发送的所述第一响应；
在一个方向发送所述第一请求后切换至另一个方向，每个方向上发送M次所述第一请求直至接收到所述第二终端发送的所述第一响应，M为大于等于1的整数。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述发送模块1202，用于：
在所述PSFCH的特定位置上向所述第二终端发送应答ACK信号或否定应答NACK信号，所述ACK信号或所述NACK信号表征所述第一请求或所述第二请求。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述接收模块1205，还用于以下至少一项：
在发送所述第一请求的K个时隙后检测所述第一响应；
接收所述第二终端发送的对所述第一请求的第一响应。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述接收模块1205，用于以下至少一项：
通过所述候选波束对应的波束接收所述第一响应；
通过全向波束接收所述第一响应；
通过波束扫描的方式接收所述第一响应；
通过第二波束接收所述第一响应，所述第二波束为所述第二终端接收所述第一信息或所述第一请求时使用的波束所对应的波束，所述第二波束的测量值大于预设阈值；
接收第二终端发送的PSFCH，所述PSFCH中承载有所述第一响应；
接收第二终端发送的PSSCH或PSCCH，所述PSSCH或PSCCH中承载有所述第一响应。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述接收模块1205，用于：
接收所述第二终端在所述PSFCH的特定位置上发送的NACK信号或ACK信号，所述NACK信号或所述ACK信号表征所述第一响应。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述第一响应包括以下至少一项：
确认信息，所述确认信息用于确认将原通信波束切换为所述候选波束；
拒绝信息，所述拒绝信息用于拒绝将原发送波束切换为所述候选波束；
目标波束的波束信息，所述目标波束为所述第二终端从所述候选波束中选择的波束；
第一终端的发送波束的波束信息，所述第一终端的发送波束由所述第二终端进行波束测量后确定；
波束切换时刻。
可选地，作为一个实施例，还包括以下至少一项：
所述确定模块1201，用于确定与新的通信波束对应的接收波束；
所述波束切换模块1206，用于切换到新的接收波束；
所述波束切换模块1206，用于切换到新的发送波束；
所述测量模块1203或所述训练模块1204，用于重新进行波束测量或波束训练。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述发送模块1202，还用于以下至少一项：
重复向所述第二终端发送所述第一请求；
通过波束扫描的方式发送所述第一请求；
提高所述第一请求的发送功率。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述第一请求的发送功率满足以下至少一项：
高于基于旁链路路径损耗确定的传输功率；
低于基于下行路径损耗确定的传输功率；
不基于旁链路路径损耗的功率控制机制发送所述第一请求；
在发送所述第一请求的X个时隙内没有接收到所述第一响应的情况下，再次发送所述第一请求时的发送功率提高T个dbm。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述接收模块1205，还用于：
接收所述第二终端发送的用于波束训练的参考信号。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述参考信号由所述第二终端周期性发送。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述参考信号的发送周期由协议预定义，或由网络侧配置或预配置，或由所述第一终端或所述第二终端配置或指示。
可选地，作为一个实施例，还包括：
所述接收模块1205，用于接收所述第二终端通过所述候选波束发送的参考信号；
所述确定模块1201，用于根据对所述参考信号的测量结果确定与所述候选波束对应的接收波束。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述指示信息还用于指示以下至少一项：
指示所述第一终端通过波束训练过程重新确定通信波束；
指示所述第一终端上报候选波束的测量结果；
指示所述第一终端上报候选波束；
指示用于波束训练或波束测量的参考信号的发送位置。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述接收模块1205，用于以下至少一项：
通过全向波束接收所述指示信息；
通过原通信波束接收所述指示信息；
通过波束扫描的方式接收所述指示信息。
可选地，作为一个实施例，还包括以下任一项：
所述测量模块1203或所述训练模块1204，用于根据所述指示信息进行波束测量或波束训练；所述确定模块1201，用于根据波束测量结果或波束训练结果确定候选波束；所述发送模块1202，用于将所述候选波束上报给所述第二终端；
所述发送模块1202，用于将所述波束测量结果或所述波束训练结果发送给所述第二终端，所述波束测量结果或所述波束训练结果用于所述第二终端确定新的发送波束。
根据本申请实施例的装置1200可以参照对应本申请实施例的方法200至500的流程， 并且，该装置1200中的各个单元/模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现方法200至500中的相应流程，并且能够达到相同或等同的技术效果，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
图13是根据本申请实施例的波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复装置的结构示意图，该装置可以对应于其他实施例中的第二终端。如图13所示，装置1300包括如下模块。
接收模块1301，用于接收第一信息，所述第一信息由所述第一终端根据第二信息确定候选波束后发送，所述第一信息为基于所述候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的信息；
所述接收模块1301，用于接收所述第一终端发送的第一请求，所述第一请求用于请求基于候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复，所述候选波束由所述第一终端进行波束测量后根据测量结果确定；
所述接收模块1301，用于接收所述第一终端发送的第二请求，所述第二请求用于请求基于候选波束进行波束切换，所述候选波束由所述第一终端根据所述参考信号进行波束训练后根据训练结果确定；波束切换模块1302，用于将发送波束切换至所述候选波束；
发送模块1303，用于在确定波束失败或链路失败的情况下，向所述第一终端发送指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示所述第一终端进行波束测量或波束训练，或所述指示信息用于指示新的波束。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述第二信息包括以下至少一项：
预先对多个波束进行测量得到的测量信息，或缓存的波束的测量信息；
波束的配置或预配置信息；
所述第一终端和所述第二终端最新确定或协商的波束信息。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述接收模块1301，用于：
在第一资源上接收所述第一信息，所述第一资源由协议预定义，或由网络侧配置或预配置，或由所述第一终端或所述第二终端选择或配置。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述第一资源满足以下至少一项：
所述第一资源时分复用TDM，或频分复用FDM，或码分复用CDM；
所述第一资源由终端协作信息通知给所述第二终端。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
所述候选波束的标识；
所述第一终端的标识；
波束切换时刻。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述第一信息为波束失败恢复请求或链路失败恢复请求。
可选地，作为一个实施例，还包括以下任一项：
所述波束切换模块1302，用于在波束切换时刻或波束切换时刻之前，将发送波束切换至所述候选波束；
所述发送模块1303，用于向所述第一终端发送第一响应，所述第一响应中包括确认信息，所述确认信息用于确认将原通信波束切换为所述候选波束；
所述发送模块1303，用于向所述第一终端发送所述第一响应，所述第一响应中包含拒绝信息，所述拒绝信息用于拒绝将原通信波束切换为所述候选波束。
可选地，作为一个实施例，还包括以下至少一项：
所述发送模块1303，用于周期性发送用于波束测量的参考信号，所述参考信号对应多个波束；
所述接收模块1301，用于接收所述第一终端发送的第三请求，所述第三请求由所述第一终端在进行波束测量之前发送，所述第三请求用于请求所述第二终端发送所述参考信号；所述发送模块1303，用于向所述第一终端发送所述参考信号。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述发送模块1303，还用于：
向所述第一终端发送用于波束训练的参考信号。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述发送模块1303，用于：
所述第二终端周期性发送用于波束训练的参考信号。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述参考信号的发送周期由协议预定义，或由网络侧配置或预配置，或由所述第一终端或所述第二终端配置或指示。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述参考信号包括原通信波束对应的参考信号。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述发送模块1303，用于以下至少一项：
向所述第一终端发送缓存的传输块TB，所述缓存的TB中携带有所述参考信号；
在没有数据发送的情况下，向所述第一终端发送填充TB，所述填充TB中携带有所述参考信号；
在检测到Y个BFI的情况下发送所述参考信号；
在检测到波束失败或链路失败的情况下发送所述参考信号；
在检测到波束质量低于预设门限值的情况下发送所述参考信号；
在时间Z内没有接收到第一信号的情况下发送所述参考信号，所述第一信号由协议预定义，或由网络侧配置或预配置，或由所述第一终端或所述第二终端配置或预配置。
可选地，作为一个实施例，还包括：
训练模块1304，用于在所述参考信号的每个发送周期进行一次波束训练。
可选地，作为一个实施例，波束训练的波束范围根据波束失败案例BFI的数量确定。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述波束训练的波束范围根据波束失败案例BFI的数量确定，包括：
在所述BFI的数量小于第一门限值的情况下，所述波束训练的波束与原通信波束空间相关性大于第一预设值；
在所述BFI的数量大于第二门限值的情况下，所述波束训练的波束与原通信波束空间相关性小于第二预设值。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述第一请求或所述第二请求包括以下至少一项：
所述候选波束的标识；
所述第一终端的标识；
所述候选波束的测量结果；
波束切换时刻。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述接收模块1301，用于以下至少一项：
通过波束扫描的方式接收所述第一终端发送的所述第一请求或所述第二请求；
通过全向波束接收所述第一终端发送的所述第一请求或所述第二请求；
通过原通信波束接收所述第一终端发送的所述第一请求或所述第二请求；
通过与所述候选波束方向相同的波束接收所述第一终端发送的所述第一请求或所述第二请求；
接收所述第一终端发送的PSFCH，所述PSFCH中承载有所述第一请求或所述第二请求；
接收所述第一终端发送的PSSCH和/或PSCCH，所述PSSCH和/或所述PSCCH中承载有所述第一请求或所述第二请求。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述接收模块1301，还用于以下任一项：
重复进行波束扫描直至接收到所述第一请求或所述第二请求；
进行波束扫描直至接收到所述第一请求或所述第二请求；
在一个方向接收所述第一请求或所述第二请求后切换至另一个方向，每个方向上接收M次所述第一请求或所述第二请求直至接收到所述第一请求或所述第二请求，M为大于等于1的整数。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述接收模块1301，用于：
在所述PSFCH的特定位置上接收所述第一终端发送的ACK信号或NACK信号，所述ACK信号或所述NACK信号表征所述第一请求或所述第二请求。
可选地，作为一个实施例，还包括以下至少一项：
确定模块1305，用于从所述第一请求指示的多个候选波束的选择一个目标波束作为新的发送波束；
所述波束切换模块1302，用于将发送波束切换到选择的所述目标波束或所述第一请求指示的一个候选波束；
波束扫描模块1306，用于在拒绝将发送波束切换为所述第一请求指示的候选波束的情况下，执行波束扫描；
所述发送模块1303，用于向所述第一终端发送第一响应；
测量模块1307，用于进行波束测量；所述确定模块1305，用于根据测量结果确定所述第一终端的发送波束；
检测模块1308，用于停止检测波束是否失败或链路是否失败；
所述发送模块1303，用于停止发送波束失败恢复请求或链路失败恢复请求。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述发送模块1303，还用于以下至少一项：
通过所述第一请求中指示的候选波束发送所述第一响应；
通过全向波束发送所述第一响应；
通过波束扫描的方式发送所述第一响应；
通过第二波束发送所述第一响应，所述第二波束为所述第二终端接收所述第一请求时使用的波束所对应的波束，所述第二波束的测量值大于预设阈值；
向所述第一终端发送PSFCH，所述PSFCH中承载有所述第一响应；
向所述第一终端发送PSSCH或PSCCH，所述PSSCH或PSCCH中承载有所述第一响应。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述发送模块1303，还用于：
在所述PSFCH的特定位置上向所述第一终端发送NACK信号或ACK信号，所述NACK信号或所述ACK信号表征所述第一响应。
可选地，作为一个实施例，在向所述第一终端发送第一响应时，所述第一响应的发送功率满足以下至少一项：
高于基于旁链路路径损耗确定的传输功率；
低于基于下行路径损耗确定的传输功率；
不基于旁链路路径损耗的功率控制机制发送所述第一响应。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述第一响应包括以下至少一项：
确认信息，所述确认信息用于确认将原通信波束切换为所述候选波束；
拒绝信息，所述拒绝信息用于拒绝将原发送波束切换为所述候选波束；
目标波束的波束信息，所述目标波束为所述第二终端从所述候选波束中选择的波束；
第一终端的发送波束的波束信息，所述第一终端的发送波束由所述第二终端进行波束测量后确定。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述发送模块1303，还用于：
通过所述候选波束向所述第一终端发送参考信号，所述参考信号用于所述第一终端确定与所述候选波束对应的接收波束。
可选地，作为一个实施例，在确定波束失败或链路失败的情况下，还包括以下至少一项：
所述训练模块1304，还用于触发波束训练；
波束扫描模块1306，还用于触发参考信号的波束扫描。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述指示信息还用于指示以下至少一项：
指示所述第一终端通过波束训练过程重新确定通信波束；
指示所述第一终端上报候选波束的测量结果；
指示所述第一终端上报候选波束；
指示用于波束训练或波束测量的参考信号的发送位置。
可选地，作为一个实施例，所述发送模块1303，还用于以下至少一项：
通过全向波束发送所述指示信息；
通过原通信波束发送所述指示信息；
通过波束扫描的方式发送所述指示信息。
可选地，作为一个实施例，还包括以下任一项：
所述接收模块1301，用于接收所述第一终端上报的候选波束，所述候选波束由所述第一终端根据所述指示信息进行波束测量或波束训练后，根据波束测量结果或波束训练结果确定；
所述接收模块1301，用于接收所述第一终端发送的所述波束测量结果或所述波束训练结果；确定模块1305，用于根据所述波束测量结果或所述波束训练结果确定新的发送波束。
根据本申请实施例的装置1300可以参照对应本申请实施例的方法600至900的流程，并且，该装置1300中的各个单元/模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现方法600至900中的相应流程，并且能够达到相同或等同的技术效果，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
本申请实施例中的波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复装置可以是电子设备，例如具有操作 系统的电子设备，也可以是电子设备中的部件，例如集成电路或芯片。该电子设备可以是终端，也可以为除终端之外的其他设备。示例性的，终端可以包括但不限于上述所列举的终端11的类型，其他设备可以为服务器、网络附属存储器(Network Attached Storage，NAS)等，本申请实施例不作具体限定。
本申请实施例提供的波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复装置能够实现图2至图9的方法实施例实现的各个过程，并达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，这里不再赘述。
可选的，如图14所示，本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备1400，包括处理器1401和存储器1402，存储器1402上存储有可在所述处理器1401上运行的程序或指令，例如，该通信设备1400为终端时，该程序或指令被处理器1401执行时实现上述波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法实施例的各个步骤，且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复，这里不再赘述。
本申请实施例还提供一种终端，包括处理器和通信接口，所述处理器用于根据第二信息确定候选波束；所述通信接口用于向第二终端发送第一信息，所述第一信息为基于所述候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的信息；和/或，所述处理器用于进行波束测量；根据测量结果确定候选波束；所述通信接口用于向所述第二终端发送第一请求，所述第一请求用于请求基于所述候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复；和/或，所述处理器用于进行波束训练；根据训练结果确定候选波束；所述通信接口用于向所述第二终端发送第二请求，所述第二请求用于请求基于所述候选波束进行波束切换；和/或，所述通信接口用于接收指示信息，所述指示信息由所述第二终端在确定波束失败或链路失败的情况下发送，所述指示信息用于指示所述第一终端进行波束测量或波束训练，或所述指示信息用于指示新的波束；和/或，所述通信接口用于接收第一信息，所述第一信息由所述第一终端根据第二信息确定候选波束后发送，所述第一信息为基于所述候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的信息；和/或，所述通信接口用于接收所述第一终端发送的第一请求，所述第一请求用于请求基于候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复，所述候选波束由所述第一终端进行波束测量后根据测量结果确定；和/或，所述通信接口用于接收所述第一终端发送的第二请求，所述第二请求用于请求基于候选波束进行波束切换，所述候选波束由所述第一终端根据所述参考信号进行波束训练后根据训练结果确定；所述处理器，用于将发送波束切换至所述候选波束；和/或，所述通信接口用于在确定波束失败或链路失败的情况下，向所述第一终端发送指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示所述第一终端进行波束测量或波束训练，或所述指示信息用于指示新的波束。该终端实施例与上述第一终端侧或第二终端侧的方法实施例对应，上述方法实施例的各个实施过程和实现方式均可 适用于该终端实施例中，且能达到相同的技术效果。具体地，图15为实现本申请实施例的一种终端的硬件结构示意图。
该终端1500包括但不限于：射频单元1501、网络模块1502、音频输出单元1503、输入单元1504、传感器1505、显示单元1506、用户输入单元1507、接口单元1508、存储器1509以及处理器1510等中的至少部分部件。
本领域技术人员可以理解，终端1500还可以包括给各个部件供电的电源(比如电池)，电源可以通过电源管理系统与处理器1510逻辑相连，从而通过电源管理系统实现管理充电、放电、以及功耗管理等功能。图15中示出的终端结构并不构成对终端的限定，终端可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件，或者组合某些部件，或者不同的部件布置，在此不再赘述。
应理解的是，本申请实施例中，输入单元1504可以包括图形处理单元(Graphics Processing Unit，GPU)15041和麦克风15042，GPU 15041对在视频捕获模式或图像捕获模式中由图像捕获装置(如摄像头)获得的静态图片或视频的图像数据进行处理。显示单元1506可包括显示面板15061，可以采用液晶显示器、有机发光二极管等形式来配置显示面板15061。用户输入单元1507包括触控面板15071以及其他输入设备15072中的至少一种。触控面板15071，也称为触摸屏。触控面板15071可包括触摸检测装置和触摸控制器两个部分。其他输入设备15072可以包括但不限于物理键盘、功能键(比如音量控制按键、开关按键等)、轨迹球、鼠标、操作杆，在此不再赘述。
本申请实施例中，射频单元1501接收来自网络侧设备的下行数据后，可以传输给处理器1510进行处理；另外，射频单元1501可以向网络侧设备发送上行数据。通常，射频单元1501包括但不限于天线、放大器、收发信机、耦合器、低噪声放大器、双工器等。
存储器1509可用于存储软件程序或指令以及各种数据。存储器1509可主要包括存储程序或指令的第一存储区和存储数据的第二存储区，其中，第一存储区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序或指令(比如声音播放功能、图像播放功能等)等。此外，存储器1509可以包括易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，或者，存储器1509可以包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)，静态随机存取存储器(Static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(Dynamic RAM，DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(Synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存 储器(Double Data Rate SDRAM，DDRSDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(Enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(Synch link DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM，DRRAM)。本申请实施例中的存储器1509包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。
处理器1510可包括一个或多个处理单元；可选的，处理器1510集成应用处理器和调制解调处理器，其中，应用处理器主要处理涉及操作系统、用户界面和应用程序等的操作，调制解调处理器主要处理无线通信信号，如基带处理器。可以理解的是，上述调制解调处理器也可以不集成到处理器1510中。
其中，处理器1510，用于根据第二信息确定候选波束；射频单元1501，用于向第二终端发送第一信息，所述第一信息为基于所述候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的信息；和/或，处理器1510，用于进行波束测量；根据测量结果确定候选波束；射频单元1501，用于向所述第二终端发送第一请求，所述第一请求用于请求基于所述候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复；和/或，处理器1510，用于进行波束训练；根据训练结果确定候选波束；射频单元1501，用于向所述第二终端发送第二请求，所述第二请求用于请求基于所述候选波束进行波束切换；和/或，射频单元1501，用于接收指示信息，所述指示信息由所述第二终端在确定波束失败或链路失败的情况下发送，所述指示信息用于指示所述第一终端进行波束测量或波束训练，或所述指示信息用于指示新的波束；和/或，射频单元1501，用于接收第一信息，所述第一信息由所述第一终端根据第二信息确定候选波束后发送，所述第一信息为基于所述候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的信息；和/或，射频单元1501，用于接收所述第一终端发送的第一请求，所述第一请求用于请求基于候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复，所述候选波束由所述第一终端进行波束测量后根据测量结果确定；和/或，射频单元1501，用于接收所述第一终端发送的第二请求，所述第二请求用于请求基于候选波束进行波束切换，所述候选波束由所述第一终端根据所述参考信号进行波束训练后根据训练结果确定；处理器1510，将发送波束切换至所述候选波束；和/或，射频单元1501，用于在确定波束失败或链路失败的情况下，向所述第一终端发送指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示所述第一终端进行波束测量或波束训练，或所述指示信息用于指示新的波束。
在本申请实施例中，第一终端和第二终端在进行传输时，第一终端可以根据第二信息确定候选波束并将候选波束通过第一信息指示给第二终端，或第一终端根据波束测量结果确定候选波束并请求第二终端基于候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复，或第一终端根据波束训练结果确定候选波束，并请求第二终端基于候选波束进行波束切换，或第二 终端在检测到波束失败或链路失败的情况下，指示第一终端进行波束测量或波束训练，向第一终端或指示新的波束。这样，通过定义如何进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复，可以使得终端在波束失败或链路失败的情况下，可以基于波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的方法成功恢复波束或链路，保障通信的可靠性和连续性。
本申请实施例提供的终端1500还可以实现上述波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法实施例的各个过程，且能达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，这里不再赘述。
本申请实施例还提供一种可读存储介质，所述可读存储介质上存储有程序或指令，该程序或指令被处理器执行时实现上述波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法实施例的各个过程，且能达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，这里不再赘述。
其中，所述处理器为上述实施例中所述的终端中的处理器。所述可读存储介质，包括计算机可读存储介质，如计算机只读存储器ROM、随机存取存储器RAM、磁碟或者光盘等。
本申请实施例另提供了一种芯片，所述芯片包括处理器和通信接口，所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合，所述处理器用于运行程序或指令，实现上述波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法实施例的各个过程，且能达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，这里不再赘述。
应理解，本申请实施例提到的芯片还可以称为系统级芯片，系统芯片，芯片系统或片上系统芯片等。
本申请实施例另提供了一种计算机程序/程序产品，所述计算机程序/程序产品被存储在存储介质中，所述计算机程序/程序产品被至少一个处理器执行以实现上述波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法实施例的各个过程，且能达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，这里不再赘述。
本申请实施例还提供了一种波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复系统，包括：第一终端及第二终端，所述第一终端可用于执行如上图2至图5所述的波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法的步骤，所述第二终端可用于执行如上图6至图9所述的波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法的步骤。
需要说明的是，在本文中，术语“包括”、“包含”或者其任何其他变体意在涵盖非排他性的包含，从而使得包括一系列要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置不仅包括那些要素，而且还包括没有明确列出的其他要素，或者是还包括为这种过程、方法、物品或者装置所固有的要素。在没有更多限制的情况下，由语句“包括一个……”限定的要素，并不排除在包括该要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置中还存在另外的相同要素。此外，需要指出的是，本申请实施方式中的方法和装置的范围不限按示出或讨论的顺序来执行功能，还可 包括根据所涉及的功能按基本同时的方式或按相反的顺序来执行功能，例如，可以按不同于所描述的次序来执行所描述的方法，并且还可以添加、省去、或组合各种步骤。另外，参照某些示例所描述的特征可在其他示例中被组合。
通过以上的实施方式的描述，本领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到上述实施例方法可借助软件加必需的通用硬件平台的方式来实现，当然也可以通过硬件，但很多情况下前者是更佳的实施方式。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分可以以计算机软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质(如ROM/RAM、磁碟、光盘)中，包括若干指令用以使得一台终端(可以是手机，计算机，服务器，空调器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述的方法。
上面结合附图对本申请的实施例进行了描述，但是本申请并不局限于上述的具体实施方式，上述的具体实施方式仅仅是示意性的，而不是限制性的，本领域的普通技术人员在本申请的启示下，在不脱离本申请宗旨和权利要求所保护的范围情况下，还可做出很多形式，均属于本申请的保护之内。

Claims (69)

  1. 一种波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法，包括以下至少一项：
    第一终端根据第二信息确定候选波束；所述第一终端向第二终端发送第一信息，所述第一信息为基于所述候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的信息；
    所述第一终端进行波束测量；所述第一终端根据测量结果确定候选波束；所述第一终端向所述第二终端发送第一请求，所述第一请求用于请求基于所述候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复；
    所述第一终端进行波束训练；所述第一终端根据训练结果确定候选波束；所述第一终端向所述第二终端发送第二请求，所述第二请求用于请求基于所述候选波束进行波束切换；
    所述第一终端接收指示信息，所述指示信息由所述第二终端在确定波束失败或链路失败的情况下发送，所述指示信息用于指示所述第一终端进行波束测量或波束训练，或所述指示信息用于指示新的波束。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，所述第一终端根据第二信息确定候选波束，或所述第一终端进行波束测量，或所述第一终端进行波束训练，包括以下至少一项：
    所述第一终端在确定波束失败或链路失败的情况下，根据第二信息确定候选波束，或进行波束测量，或进行波束训练；
    所述第一终端每隔预设时间段根据第二信息确定候选波束，或进行波束测量，或进行波束训练。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其中，所述预设时间段满足以下至少一项：
    所述预设时间段的长度与波束的宽窄有关；
    所述预设时间段的长度与波束训练的类型有关；
    所述预设时间段的长度与信道占有率或信道繁忙率有关；
    所述预设时间段的长度由协议预定义，或由网络侧配置或预配置，或由所述第一终端或所述第二终端配置。
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，所述第二信息包括以下至少一项：
    预先对多个波束进行测量得到的测量信息，或缓存的波束的测量信息；
    波束的配置或预配置信息；
    所述第一终端和所述第二终端最新确定或协商的波束信息。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法，其中，所述第一终端根据第二信息确定候选波束， 包括以下至少一项：
    根据所述多个波束的测量信息，从所述多个波束中选择候选波束，所述候选波束的测量值高于所述多个波束中的其他波束；
    将所述配置或预配置信息中配置的波束确定为候选波束；
    将所述第一终端和所述第二终端最新确定或协商的波束确定为候选波束。
  6. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，所述第一终端向第二终端发送第一信息，包括：
    所述第一终端在第一资源上发送所述第一信息，所述第一资源由协议预定义，或由网络侧配置或预配置，或由所述第一终端或所述第二终端选择或配置。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其中，所述第一资源满足以下至少一项：
    所述第一资源时分复用TDM，或频分复用FDM，或码分复用CDM；
    所述第一资源由终端协作信息通知给所述第二终端。
  8. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
    所述候选波束的标识；
    所述第一终端的标识；
    波束切换时刻。
  9. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，所述第一信息为波束失败恢复请求或链路失败恢复请求。
  10. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，所述第一终端在向第二终端发送第一信息后，所述方法还包括以下任一项：
    在波束切换时刻或波束切换时刻之前，将接收波束切换至与所述候选波束对应的接收波束上；
    接收所述第二终端的第一响应；
    在接收到所述第二终端的第一响应的情况下，将接收波束切换至与所述候选波束对应的接收波束上；
    在接收到所述第二终端的第一响应且所述第一响应中包含确认信息的情况下，将接收波束切换至与所述候选波束对应的接收波束上，所述确认信息用于确认将原通信波束切换为所述候选波束；
    在接收到所述第二终端的所述第一响应且所述第一响应中包含拒绝信息的情况下，进行波束测量或波束训练，所述拒绝信息用于拒绝将原通信波束切换为所述候选波束。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其中，所述第一终端在波束切换时刻之前，将接 收波束切换至与所述候选波束对应的接收波束上的情况下，所述方法还包括：
    在设定时间后，在所述第一终端没有接收到所述第二终端的数据或约定信号的情况下，进行波束测量或波束训练。
  12. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，所述第一终端进行波束测量，包括以下至少一项：
    对第一波束进行波束测量，所述第一波束由网络侧配置或预配置，或由所述第一终端配置或预配置，或由所述第二终端配置或预配置；
    对所述第二终端周期性发送的用于波束训练或波束测量的参考信号进行测量，所述参考信号对应多个波束；
    对所述第二终端根据第三请求发送的所述参考信号进行测量，所述第三请求由所述第一终端在进行波束测量之前发送，所述第三请求用于请求所述第二终端发送所述参考信号。
  13. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，所述第一请求或所述第二请求包括以下至少一项：
    所述候选波束的标识；
    所述第一终端的标识；
    所述候选波束的测量结果；
    波束切换时刻。
  14. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，所述第一终端向所述第二终端发送第一请求或第二请求，包括以下至少一项：
    通过波束扫描的方式向所述第二终端发送所述第一请求或所述第二请求；
    通过全向波束向所述第二终端发送所述第一请求或所述第二请求；
    通过原通信波束向所述第二终端发送所述第一请求或所述第二请求；
    通过所述候选波束对应的波束向所述第二终端发送所述第一请求或所述第二请求；
    将所述第一请求或所述第二请求承载在物理旁链路反馈信道PSFCH上发送给所述第二终端；
    将所述第一请求或所述第二请求承载在物理旁链路共享信道PSSCH和/或物理旁链路控制信道PSCCH上发送给所述第二终端。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法，其中，所述通过波束扫描的方式向所述第二终端发送所述第一请求，包括以下任一项：
    重复进行波束扫描直至接收到所述第二终端发送的对所述第一请求的第一响应；
    进行波束扫描直至接收到所述第二终端发送的所述第一响应；
    在一个方向发送所述第一请求后切换至另一个方向，每个方向上发送M次所述第一请求直至接收到所述第二终端发送的所述第一响应，M为大于等于1的整数。
  16. 根据权利要求14所述的方法，其中，所述将所述第一请求或所述第二请求承载在物理旁链路反馈信道PSFCH上发送给所述第二终端，包括：
    在所述PSFCH的特定位置上向所述第二终端发送应答ACK信号或否定应答NACK信号，所述ACK信号或所述NACK信号表征所述第一请求或所述第二请求。
  17. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，所述第一终端向所述第二终端发送第一请求后，所述方法还包括以下至少一项：
    在发送所述第一请求的K个时隙后检测所述第一响应；
    接收所述第二终端发送的对所述第一请求的第一响应。
  18. 根据权利要求10或17所述的方法，其中，所述第一终端通过以下至少一项接收所述第一响应：
    通过所述候选波束对应的波束接收所述第一响应；
    通过全向波束接收所述第一响应；
    通过波束扫描的方式接收所述第一响应；
    通过第二波束接收所述第一响应，所述第二波束为所述第二终端接收所述第一信息或所述第一请求时使用的波束所对应的波束，所述第二波束的测量值大于预设阈值；
    接收第二终端发送的PSFCH，所述PSFCH中承载有所述第一响应；
    接收第二终端发送的PSSCH或PSCCH，所述PSSCH或PSCCH中承载有所述第一响应。
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法，其中，所述接收第二终端发送的PSFCH，包括：
    接收所述第二终端在所述PSFCH的特定位置上发送的NACK信号或ACK信号，所述NACK信号或所述ACK信号表征所述第一响应。
  20. 根据权利要求10、15或17所述的方法，其中，所述第一响应包括以下至少一项：
    确认信息，所述确认信息用于确认将原通信波束切换为所述候选波束；
    拒绝信息，所述拒绝信息用于拒绝将原发送波束切换为所述候选波束；
    目标波束的波束信息，所述目标波束为所述第二终端从所述候选波束中选择的波束；
    第一终端的发送波束的波束信息，所述第一终端的发送波束由所述第二终端进行波束测量后确定；
    波束切换时刻。
  21. 根据权利要求15或17所述的方法，其中，所述第一终端在接收到所述第一响应后，所述方法还包括以下至少一项：
    确定与新的通信波束对应的接收波束；
    切换到新的接收波束；
    切换到新的发送波束；
    重新进行波束测量或波束训练。
  22. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其中，所述第一终端在没有接收到所述第一响应的情况下，所述方法还包括以下至少一项：
    重复向所述第二终端发送所述第一请求；
    通过波束扫描的方式发送所述第一请求；
    提高所述第一请求的发送功率。
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法，其中，所述第一请求的发送功率满足以下至少一项：
    高于基于旁链路路径损耗确定的传输功率；
    低于基于下行路径损耗确定的传输功率；
    不基于旁链路路径损耗的功率控制机制发送所述第一请求；
    在发送所述第一请求的X个时隙内没有接收到所述第一响应的情况下，再次发送所述第一请求时的发送功率提高T个dbm。
  24. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，所述第一终端进行波束训练，包括：
    接收所述第二终端发送的用于波束训练的参考信号。
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法，其中，所述参考信号由所述第二终端周期性发送。
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的方法，其中，所述参考信号的发送周期由协议预定义，或由网络侧配置或预配置，或由所述第一终端或所述第二终端配置或指示。
  27. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，所述第一终端在向所述第二终端发送第二请求后，所述方法还包括：
    接收所述第二终端通过所述候选波束发送的参考信号；
    根据对所述参考信号的测量结果确定与所述候选波束对应的接收波束。
  28. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，所述指示信息还用于指示以下至少一项：
    指示所述第一终端通过波束训练过程重新确定通信波束；
    指示所述第一终端上报候选波束的测量结果；
    指示所述第一终端上报候选波束；
    指示用于波束训练或波束测量的参考信号的发送位置。
  29. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，所述第一终端接收指示信息，包括以下至少一项：
    通过全向波束接收所述指示信息；
    通过原通信波束接收所述指示信息；
    通过波束扫描的方式接收所述指示信息。
  30. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，所述第一终端在接收指示信息后，所述方法还包括以下任一项：
    所述第一终端根据所述指示信息进行波束测量或波束训练；根据波束测量结果或波束训练结果确定候选波束；将所述候选波束上报给所述第二终端；
    所述第一终端将所述波束测量结果或所述波束训练结果发送给所述第二终端，所述波束测量结果或所述波束训练结果用于所述第二终端确定新的发送波束。
  31. 一种波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法，包括以下至少一项：
    第二终端接收第一信息，所述第一信息由所述第一终端根据第二信息确定候选波束后发送，所述第一信息为基于所述候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的信息；
    所述第二终端接收所述第一终端发送的第一请求，所述第一请求用于请求基于候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复，所述候选波束由所述第一终端进行波束测量后根据测量结果确定；
    所述第二终端接收所述第一终端发送的第二请求，所述第二请求用于请求基于候选波束进行波束切换，所述候选波束由所述第一终端根据所述参考信号进行波束训练后根据训练结果确定；所述第二终端将发送波束切换至所述候选波束；
    所述第二终端在确定波束失败或链路失败的情况下，向所述第一终端发送指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示所述第一终端进行波束测量或波束训练，或所述指示信息用于指示新的波束。
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的方法，其中，所述第二信息包括以下至少一项：
    预先对多个波束进行测量得到的测量信息，或缓存的波束的测量信息；
    波束的配置或预配置信息；
    所述第一终端和所述第二终端最新确定或协商的波束信息。
  33. 根据权利要求31所述的方法，其中，所述第二终端接收第一信息，包括：
    所述第二终端在第一资源上接收所述第一信息，所述第一资源由协议预定义，或由网络侧配置或预配置，或由所述第一终端或所述第二终端选择或配置。
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的方法，其中，所述第一资源满足以下至少一项：
    所述第一资源时分复用TDM，或频分复用FDM，或码分复用CDM；
    所述第一资源由终端协作信息通知给所述第二终端。
  35. 根据权利要求31所述的方法，其中，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
    所述候选波束的标识；
    所述第一终端的标识；
    波束切换时刻。
  36. 根据权利要求31所述的方法，其中，所述第一信息为波束失败恢复请求或链路失败恢复请求。
  37. 根据权利要求31所述的方法，其中，所述第二终端在接收第一信息后，所述方法还包括以下任一项：
    在波束切换时刻或波束切换时刻之前，将发送波束切换至所述候选波束；
    向所述第一终端发送第一响应，所述第一响应中包括确认信息，所述确认信息用于确认将原通信波束切换为所述候选波束；
    向所述第一终端发送所述第一响应，所述第一响应中包含拒绝信息，所述拒绝信息用于拒绝将原通信波束切换为所述候选波束。
  38. 根据权利要求31所述的方法，其中，所述第二终端在接收所述第一请求之前，所述方法还包括以下至少一项：
    所述第二终端周期性发送用于波束测量的参考信号，所述参考信号对应多个波束；
    接收所述第一终端发送的第三请求，所述第三请求由所述第一终端在进行波束测量之前发送，所述第三请求用于请求所述第二终端发送所述参考信号；所述第二终端向所述第一终端发送所述参考信号。
  39. 根据权利要求31所述的方法，其中，所述第二终端在接收所述第一终端发送的第二请求之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述第二终端向所述第一终端发送用于波束训练的参考信号。
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的方法，其中，所述第二终端向所述第一终端发送用于波束训练的参考信号，包括：
    所述第二终端周期性发送用于波束训练的参考信号。
  41. 根据权利要求38或40所述的方法，其中，所述参考信号的发送周期由协议预定义，或由网络侧配置或预配置，或由所述第一终端或所述第二终端配置或指示。
  42. 根据权利要求38或40所述的方法，其中，所述参考信号包括原通信波束对应的 参考信号。
  43. 根据权利要求38或40所述的方法，其中，所述第二终端周期性发送用于波束训练或波束测量的参考信号，包括以下至少一项：
    向所述第一终端发送缓存的传输块TB，所述缓存的TB中携带有所述参考信号；
    在没有数据发送的情况下，向所述第一终端发送填充TB，所述填充TB中携带有所述参考信号；
    在检测到Y个BFI的情况下发送所述参考信号；
    在检测到波束失败或链路失败的情况下发送所述参考信号；
    在检测到波束质量低于预设门限值的情况下发送所述参考信号；
    在时间Z内没有接收到第一信号的情况下发送所述参考信号，所述第一信号由协议预定义，或由网络侧配置或预配置，或由所述第一终端或所述第二终端配置或预配置。
  44. 根据权利要求40所述的方法，其中，所述第二终端在周期性发送用于波束训练的参考信号的情况下，所述方法还包括：
    在所述参考信号的每个发送周期进行一次波束训练。
  45. 根据权利要求44所述的方法，其中，
    波束训练的波束范围根据波束失败案例BFI的数量确定。
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的方法，其中，所述波束训练的波束范围根据波束失败案例BFI的数量确定，包括：
    在所述BFI的数量小于第一门限值的情况下，所述波束训练的波束与原通信波束空间相关性大于第一预设值；
    在所述BFI的数量大于第二门限值的情况下，所述波束训练的波束与原通信波束空间相关性小于第二预设值。
  47. 根据权利要求31所述的方法，其中，所述第一请求或所述第二请求包括以下至少一项：
    所述候选波束的标识；
    所述第一终端的标识；
    所述候选波束的测量结果；
    波束切换时刻。
  48. 根据权利要求31所述的方法，其中，所述第二终端接收所述第一终端发送第一请求或第二请求，包括以下至少一项：
    通过波束扫描的方式接收所述第一终端发送的所述第一请求或所述第二请求；
    通过全向波束接收所述第一终端发送的所述第一请求或所述第二请求；
    通过原通信波束接收所述第一终端发送的所述第一请求或所述第二请求；
    通过与所述候选波束方向相同的波束接收所述第一终端发送的所述第一请求或所述第二请求；
    接收所述第一终端发送的PSFCH，所述PSFCH中承载有所述第一请求或所述第二请求；
    接收所述第一终端发送的PSSCH和/或PSCCH，所述PSSCH和/或所述PSCCH中承载有所述第一请求或所述第二请求。
  49. 根据权利要求48所述的方法，其中，所述通过波束扫描的方式接收所述第一终端发送的所述第一请求或所述第二请求，包括以下任一项：
    重复进行波束扫描直至接收到所述第一请求或所述第二请求；
    进行波束扫描直至接收到所述第一请求或所述第二请求；
    在一个方向接收所述第一请求或所述第二请求后切换至另一个方向，每个方向上接收M次所述第一请求或所述第二请求直至接收到所述第一请求或所述第二请求，M为大于等于1的整数。
  50. 根据权利要求48所述的方法，其中，所述接收所述第一终端发送的PSFCH，包括：
    在所述PSFCH的特定位置上接收所述第一终端发送的ACK信号或NACK信号，所述ACK信号或所述NACK信号表征所述第一请求或所述第二请求。
  51. 根据权利要求31所述的方法，其中，所述第二终端在接收到所述第一终端发送的所述第一请求后，所述方法还包括以下至少一项：
    从所述第一请求指示的多个候选波束的选择一个目标波束作为新的发送波束；
    将发送波束切换到选择的所述目标波束或所述第一请求指示的一个候选波束；
    在拒绝将发送波束切换为所述第一请求指示的候选波束的情况下，执行波束扫描；
    向所述第一终端发送第一响应；
    进行波束测量；根据测量结果确定所述第一终端的发送波束；
    停止检测波束是否失败或链路是否失败；
    停止发送波束失败恢复请求或链路失败恢复请求。
  52. 根据权利要求37或51所述的方法，其中，向所述第一终端发送第一响应，包括以下至少一项：
    通过所述候选波束发送所述第一响应；
    通过全向波束发送所述第一响应；
    通过波束扫描的方式发送所述第一响应；
    通过第二波束发送所述第一响应，所述第二波束为所述第二终端接收所述第一信息或所述第一请求时使用的波束所对应的波束，所述第二波束的测量值大于预设阈值；
    向所述第一终端发送PSFCH，所述PSFCH中承载有所述第一响应；
    向所述第一终端发送PSSCH或PSCCH，所述PSSCH或PSCCH中承载有所述第一响应。
  53. 根据权利要求52所述的方法，其中，所述向所述第一终端发送PSFCH，包括：
    在所述PSFCH的特定位置上向所述第一终端发送NACK信号或ACK信号，所述NACK信号或所述ACK信号表征所述第一响应。
  54. 根据权利要求37或51所述的方法，其中，在向所述第一终端发送第一响应时，所述第一响应的发送功率满足以下至少一项：
    高于基于旁链路路径损耗确定的传输功率；
    低于基于下行路径损耗确定的传输功率；
    不基于旁链路路径损耗的功率控制机制发送所述第一响应。
  55. 根据权利要求51所述的方法，其中，所述第一响应包括以下至少一项：
    确认信息，所述确认信息用于确认将原通信波束切换为所述候选波束；
    拒绝信息，所述拒绝信息用于拒绝将原发送波束切换为所述候选波束；
    目标波束的波束信息，所述目标波束为所述第二终端从所述候选波束中选择的波束；
    第一终端的发送波束的波束信息，所述第一终端的发送波束由所述第二终端进行波束测量后确定；
    波束切换时刻。
  56. 根据权利要求31所述的方法，其中，所述第二终端在将发送波束切换至所述候选波束后，所述方法还包括：
    通过所述候选波束向所述第一终端发送参考信号，所述参考信号用于所述第一终端确定与所述候选波束对应的接收波束。
  57. 根据权利要求31所述的方法，其中，所述第二终端在确定波束失败或链路失败的情况下，还包括以下至少一项：
    触发波束训练；
    触发参考信号的波束扫描。
  58. 根据权利要求31所述的方法，其中，所述指示信息还用于指示以下至少一项：
    指示所述第一终端通过波束训练过程重新确定通信波束；
    指示所述第一终端上报候选波束的测量结果；
    指示所述第一终端上报候选波束；
    指示用于波束训练或波束测量的参考信号的发送位置。
  59. 根据权利要求31所述的方法，其中，所述第二终端向所述第一终端发送指示信息，包括以下至少一项：
    通过全向波束发送所述指示信息；
    通过原通信波束发送所述指示信息；
    通过波束扫描的方式发送所述指示信息。
  60. 根据权利要求31所述的方法，其中，所述第二终端在向所述第一终端发送指示信息后，所述方法还包括以下任一项：
    接收所述第一终端上报的候选波束，所述候选波束由所述第一终端根据所述指示信息进行波束测量或波束训练后，根据波束测量结果或波束训练结果确定；
    接收所述第一终端发送的所述波束测量结果或所述波束训练结果；根据所述波束测量结果或所述波束训练结果确定新的发送波束。
  61. 一种波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复装置，包括以下至少一项：
    确定模块，用于根据第二信息确定候选波束；发送模块，用于向第二终端发送第一信息，所述第一信息为基于所述候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的信息；
    测量模块，用于进行波束测量；所述确定模块，用于根据测量结果确定候选波束；所述发送模块，用于向所述第二终端发送第一请求，所述第一请求用于请求基于所述候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复；
    训练模块，用于进行波束训练；所述确定模块，用于根据训练结果确定候选波束；所述发送模块，用于向所述第二终端发送第二请求，所述第二请求用于请求基于所述候选波束进行波束切换；
    接收模块，用于接收指示信息，所述指示信息由所述第二终端在确定波束失败或链路失败的情况下发送，所述指示信息用于指示所述第一终端进行波束测量或波束训练，或所述指示信息用于指示新的波束。
  62. 根据权利要求61所述的装置，其中，还包括以下任一项：
    波束切换模块，用于在波束切换时刻或波束切换时刻之前，将接收波束切换至与所述候选波束对应的接收波束上；
    所述接收模块，用于接收所述第二终端的第一响应；
    所述波束切换模块，用于在接收到所述第二终端的第一响应的情况下，将接收波束切换至与所述候选波束对应的接收波束上；
    所述波束切换模块，用于在接收到所述第二终端的第一响应且所述第一响应中包含确认信息的情况下，将接收波束切换至与所述候选波束对应的接收波束上，所述确认信息用于确认将原通信波束切换为所述候选波束；
    所述测量模块或所述训练模块，用于在接收到所述第二终端的所述第一响应且所述第一响应中包含拒绝信息的情况下，进行波束测量或波束训练，所述拒绝信息用于拒绝将原通信波束切换为所述候选波束。
  63. 根据权利要求61所述的装置，其中，所述第一请求或所述第二请求包括以下至少一项：
    所述候选波束的标识；
    所述第一终端的标识；
    所述候选波束的测量结果；
    波束切换时刻。
  64. 根据权利要求61所述的装置，其中，所述发送模块，用于以下至少一项：
    通过波束扫描的方式向所述第二终端发送所述第一请求或所述第二请求；
    通过全向波束向所述第二终端发送所述第一请求或所述第二请求；
    通过原通信波束向所述第二终端发送所述第一请求或所述第二请求；
    通过所述候选波束对应的波束向所述第二终端发送所述第一请求或所述第二请求；
    将所述第一请求或所述第二请求承载在物理旁链路反馈信道PSFCH上发送给所述第二终端；
    将所述第一请求或所述第二请求承载在物理旁链路共享信道PSSCH和/或物理旁链路控制信道PSCCH上发送给所述第二终端。
  65. 一种波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复装置，包括以下至少一项：
    接收模块，用于接收第一信息，所述第一信息由所述第一终端根据第二信息确定候选波束后发送，所述第一信息为基于所述候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复的信息；
    所述接收模块，用于接收所述第一终端发送的第一请求，所述第一请求用于请求基于候选波束进行波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复，所述候选波束由所述第一终端进行波束测量后根据测量结果确定；
    所述接收模块，用于接收所述第一终端发送的第二请求，所述第二请求用于请求基于 候选波束进行波束切换，所述候选波束由所述第一终端根据所述参考信号进行波束训练后根据训练结果确定；波束切换模块，用于将发送波束切换至所述候选波束；
    发送模块，用于在确定波束失败或链路失败的情况下，向所述第一终端发送指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示所述第一终端进行波束测量或波束训练，或所述指示信息用于指示新的波束。
  66. 根据权利要求65所述的装置，其中，还包括以下任一项：
    所述波束切换模块，用于在波束切换时刻或波束切换时刻之前，将发送波束切换至所述候选波束；
    所述发送模块，用于向所述第一终端发送第一响应，所述第一响应中包括确认信息，所述确认信息用于确认将原通信波束切换为所述候选波束；
    所述发送模块，用于向所述第一终端发送所述第一响应，所述第一响应中包含拒绝信息，所述拒绝信息用于拒绝将原通信波束切换为所述候选波束。
  67. 根据权利要求65所述的装置，其中，还包括以下至少一项：
    确定模块，用于从所述第一请求指示的多个候选波束的选择一个目标波束作为新的发送波束；
    所述波束切换模块，用于将发送波束切换到选择的所述目标波束或所述第一请求指示的一个候选波束；
    波束扫描模块，用于在拒绝将发送波束切换为所述第一请求指示的候选波束的情况下，执行波束扫描；
    所述发送模块，用于向所述第一终端发送第一响应；
    测量模块，用于进行波束测量；所述确定模块，用于根据测量结果确定所述第一终端的发送波束；
    检测模块，用于停止检测波束是否失败或链路是否失败；
    所述发送模块，用于停止发送波束失败恢复请求或链路失败恢复请求。
  68. 一种终端，包括处理器和存储器，所述存储器存储可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令，所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至30任一项所述的波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法的步骤，或实现如权利要求31至60任一项所述的波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法的步骤。
  69. 一种可读存储介质，所述可读存储介质上存储程序或指令，所述程序或指令被处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至30任一项所述的波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法，或者实现如权利要求31至60任一项所述的波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法的步骤。
PCT/CN2023/109288 2022-07-29 2023-07-26 波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法及终端 WO2024022380A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210911132.4 2022-07-29
CN202210911132.4A CN117528675A (zh) 2022-07-29 2022-07-29 波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法及终端

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024022380A1 true WO2024022380A1 (zh) 2024-02-01

Family

ID=89705423

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/109288 WO2024022380A1 (zh) 2022-07-29 2023-07-26 波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法及终端

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117528675A (zh)
WO (1) WO2024022380A1 (zh)

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108401295A (zh) * 2017-02-05 2018-08-14 维沃移动通信有限公司 一种波束恢复处理方法、网络侧设备及移动终端
CN109246732A (zh) * 2017-04-28 2019-01-18 维沃移动通信有限公司 波束失败恢复方法和终端
WO2019024110A1 (en) * 2017-08-04 2019-02-07 Nec Corporation METHODS AND DEVICES FOR BEAM RECOVERY
CN110351756A (zh) * 2018-04-04 2019-10-18 维沃移动通信有限公司 波束失败恢复方法、终端及网络设备
CN110933725A (zh) * 2019-12-11 2020-03-27 展讯通信（上海）有限公司 用于辅链路的波束失败恢复方法及装置、存储介质、终端
US20200343951A1 (en) * 2018-03-15 2020-10-29 Sony Corporation Electronic device, wireless communication method and computer-readable medium
CN113452417A (zh) * 2020-03-25 2021-09-28 华为技术有限公司 信号传输方法及装置
US20220006688A1 (en) * 2020-07-02 2022-01-06 Qualcomm Incorporated Network assisted sidelink beam failure recovery

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108401295A (zh) * 2017-02-05 2018-08-14 维沃移动通信有限公司 一种波束恢复处理方法、网络侧设备及移动终端
CN109246732A (zh) * 2017-04-28 2019-01-18 维沃移动通信有限公司 波束失败恢复方法和终端
WO2019024110A1 (en) * 2017-08-04 2019-02-07 Nec Corporation METHODS AND DEVICES FOR BEAM RECOVERY
US20200343951A1 (en) * 2018-03-15 2020-10-29 Sony Corporation Electronic device, wireless communication method and computer-readable medium
CN110351756A (zh) * 2018-04-04 2019-10-18 维沃移动通信有限公司 波束失败恢复方法、终端及网络设备
CN110933725A (zh) * 2019-12-11 2020-03-27 展讯通信（上海）有限公司 用于辅链路的波束失败恢复方法及装置、存储介质、终端
CN113452417A (zh) * 2020-03-25 2021-09-28 华为技术有限公司 信号传输方法及装置
US20220006688A1 (en) * 2020-07-02 2022-01-06 Qualcomm Incorporated Network assisted sidelink beam failure recovery

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117528675A (zh) 2024-02-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11570664B2 (en) Link monitoring with self-backhauling for wireless networks
US10750507B2 (en) Facilitating mobile device-assisted mobility enhancement to improve user plane interruption time
US20200252815A1 (en) Method, user equipment, base station, and system for enhancing reliability of wireless communication
CN111869124B (zh) 用于无线通信中的双向波束故障恢复的设备、方法、以及计算机程序
WO2017012434A1 (zh) 一种波束更新的方法和装置
EP3520481B1 (en) Buffer management for wireless networks during handover
US20160301604A1 (en) Method, device and system for managing communication link, and computer storage medium
WO2022161441A1 (zh) 无线通信系统中的电子设备和方法
JPWO2020215335A5 (zh)
JP2023518857A (ja) 無線通信のための電子機器及び方法、コンピュータ読み取り可能な記憶媒体
US20230239895A1 (en) Beam indication method, network side device, and terminal
WO2024022380A1 (zh) 波束失败恢复或链路失败恢复方法及终端
US11412469B2 (en) Method and device for selecting transmission time used to send feedback information
KR20230138009A (ko) 통신 경로의 전환 방법, 장치 및 단말
JP4656310B2 (ja) スケジューリング方法及び移動通信システム
JP2022501957A (ja) マルチｔｒｐシステムの干渉を管理するための方法及びシステム
WO2023241541A1 (zh) sidelink数据传输方法及终端
WO2023241539A1 (zh) 波束指示方法、装置及终端
WO2023045851A1 (zh) 双连接通信方法和设备
WO2024032769A1 (zh) 信息传输方法、装置、终端及介质
WO2023226886A1 (zh) 测量报告的上报方法、装置、终端及网络侧设备
CN114585030B (zh) 一种无线周边装置的数据传输方法
WO2023207900A1 (zh) 终端的发现方法、装置、终端及网络侧设备
WO2023226883A1 (zh) 测量报告的上报方法、装置、终端及网络侧设备
WO2023197246A1 (en) Methods and apparatuses for a pscell change or cpac procedure

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23845588

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1